DETAILS INC
10-K405, 1998-04-14
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS
Previous: NORWEST ASSET SEC CORP MORT PASS THR CERT SER 1997 17 TRUST, 8-K, 1998-04-14
Next: MOLTER INVESTMENT SERIES FUND, N-1A/A, 1998-04-13



<PAGE>
 
================================================================================

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                               _________________

                                   FORM 10-K
[X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934

[_]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM________ TO_________

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997          COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 333-41187
                                                                     333-41211 

                               _________________

                             DETAILS CAPITAL CORP.
                                 DETAILS, INC.
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)


               CALIFORNIA                                     33-0780382
         (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION                         33-0779123
      OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                   (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
                                                         IDENTIFICATION NO.)
               1231 SIMON CIRCLE
               ANAHEIM, CALIFORNIA
     (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)                   92806
                                                              (ZIP CODE)

                                (714) 630-4077
             (REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE)

                               _________________

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                         NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE
          TITLE OF EACH CLASS                             ON WHICH REGISTERED
          -------------------                            ---------------------
                None                                              None

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                                         NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE
          TITLE OF EACH CLASS                             ON WHICH REGISTERED
          -------------------                            ---------------------
                None                                              None

  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days: Yes [__] No [X].

  Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of the registrant's knowledge, in the definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K [X].

  On April 3, 1998, all of the voting stock of Details, Inc. was held by Details
Capital Corp. and all of the voting stock of Details Capital Corp. was held by
Details Holdings Corp.

  As of April 3, 1998, Details, Inc. had 100 shares of common stock, par value
$.01 per share, outstanding and Details Capital Corp. had 1,000 shares of common
stock, par value $.01 per share, outstanding.
<PAGE>
 
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE


The following documents are incorporated herein by reference: None


                             DETAILS CAPITAL CORP.
                        AND ITS WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY
                                 DETAILS, INC.
 
                                FORM 10-K INDEX
 
PART I                                                                Page
 
Item 1.   Business                                                      4
 
Item 2    Description of Property                                       9
 
Item 3    Legal Proceedings                                             9
 
Item 4    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders           9
 
PART II
 
Item 5    Market for the Registrants' Common Equity and Related        10
          Stockholder Matters
 
Item 6    Selected Financial Data                                      10
 
Item 7    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial            12
          Condition and Results of Operations
 
Item 8    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                  26
 
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on             26
          Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
PART III
 
Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrants          26
 
Item 11.  Executive Compensation                                       28
 
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
          and Management                                               37
 
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions               39

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
PART IV
 
Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and                 42
          Reports on Form 8-K

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
  Except for the historical information contained herein, this Annual Report on
Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties.  Actual results could differ materially from those discussed
here.  Readers should pay particular attention to the considerations described
in "Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Factors that May Affect Future Results."


PART I.

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

INTRODUCTION

  Details Capital Corp. ("Details Capital") is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Details Holdings Corp. (f/k/a Details, Inc.) ("Holdings") and Details, Inc.
("Details") is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Details Capital. On November 3,
1997, Holdings organized Details as a new wholly-owned subsidiary, and
contributed substantially all of its assets, subject to certain liabilities to
Details. On November 19, 1997, Holdings organized Details Capital and on
February 10, 1998, Holdings contributed substantially all of its assets
(consisting primarily of all of the shares of capital stock of Details), subject
to certain liabilities to Details Capital. As used herein, the "Company" means
Details Capital and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, including Details, or their
predecessor entity as the context requires.  Each registrant has its principal
executive offices at 1231 Simon Circle, Anaheim, California and their telephone
number is (714) 630-4077.

  On December 22, 1997, Details acquired all of the outstanding shares of common
stock of Colorado Springs Circuits, Inc., a Colorado corporation and a
subsidiary of NTI d/b/a NTI ("NTI").  The acquisition of NTI is described in
more detail under "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations - NTI Acquisition."

  The Company believes, based on industry data, that it is one of the largest
manufacturers and marketers of complex printed circuit boards ("PCBs") for the
time critical or "quick-turn" segment of the domestic PCB industry.  Printed
circuit boards are the basic platforms used to interconnect microprocessors,
integrated circuits, and other components essential to the functioning of
virtually all electronic products. Quick-turn PCBs, which are defined as printed
circuit boards manufactured within 10 days (and as little as 24 hours) in
prototype and pre-production quantities, are used in the design, test and launch
phases of new electronic products. The quick-turn market is characterized by
higher margins, faster growth and greater customer diversity than the long-lead
market. Approximately 75% of the Company's sales for the year ended December 31,
1997 were quick-turn PCBs. Complex PCBs are those employing difficult to
manufacture specifications such as high layer counts, dense circuitry designs,
and exotic materials.  Such boards command escalating pricing premiums the
greater the complexity. The Company's advanced engineering capability enables it
to produce boards with up to 40 layers employing leading-edge fabrication
technologies. The Company supplies over 350 customers in a wide range of end-use
markets including the telecommunications, computer, contract manufacturing,
industrial instrumentation, and consumer electronics industries.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

  The majority of the Company's business consists of building printed circuit
boards for sophisticated electronics products on a quick-turn delivery basis and
involves working closely with its customers from the initial design stage
through product development and launch. The Company's product offering includes
boards using super-fine line spaces and traces, buried resistors and capacitors,
microvias and a wide range of substrates and materials. All of the Company's
products are manufactured to customer order. The Company's PCBs are utilized in
cellular phones, telecommunications equipment, computer networking equipment,
medical devices, sophisticated industrial equipment and other high growth
electronic applications. In addition to direct sales to OEMs, the Company sells
to contract manufacturers and is a turnkey supplier in the event of product
shortages.

  The Company provides design and engineering assistance in the early stages of
product development to ensure that both mechanical and electrical considerations
are integrated into a cost-effective manufacturing solution. In doing so, the
Company often recommends design changes to its customers to reduce manufacturing
costs and lead times or to increase manufacturing yields and the quality of the
finished product. This cooperative approach enables the Company to gain valuable
insight into the future technology requirements of its customers and to obtain
opportunities for subsequent prototype and pre-production business.


MANUFACTURING

  The production of complex printed circuit boards is an extensive and
sequential process. A variety of manufacturing operations are utilized,
including: (i) graphic operations such as photoprinting, screen printing, and
phototool generation; (ii) chemical operations such as copper deposition,
electroplating and etching; (iii) mechanical operations such as lamination,
drilling and routing; and (iv) electronic operations such as computer-aided
manufacturing ("CAM"), automated optical inspection, and electrical testing.
Management believes that the highly specialized equipment it uses is among the
most advanced in the industry.

  The Company utilizes a number of advanced processes and technologies,
including direct chip attached, multichip module-laminate, ball grid array, chip
on board, tape automated bonding, flip chip, and high density interface.  The
Company also maintains the capability to produce less sophisticated plate-
through-hole circuit ("PTH") boards. The Company's engineering operations
consist of approximately 100 engineering professionals (including 71 front-end)
dedicated to improving the design and functionality of its customers' products.
The Company utilizes state-of-the-art equipment to implement advanced
technologies such as high density interface (microvias), blind and buried vias,
buried capacitors and resistors, electroless gold (wire bond), and controlled
and differential impedance to meet customer specifications. The Company is
qualified under various industry standards for the manufacture of PCBs. Such
qualifications include Bellcore compliance for telecommunications products and
UL (Underwriters Laboratories) approval for electronics. In addition, all of the
Company's facilities are ISO-9002 certified. These certifications require that
the Company meet certain standards related to management, production design,
production and quality control, among others.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
  The Company seeks to maximize the use of its manufacturing capacity. This
requires efficient management of time-critical production schedules. In
addition, the Company opportunistically augments its quick-turn capacity with
pre-production and longer-lead orders. The majority of engineering and
manufacturing takes place at the Company's facilities in Anaheim, California and
the facilities of its wholly-owned subsidiary, NTI, in Colorado Springs,
Colorado. Research and development and longer term manufacturing jobs are
carried out in a nearby facility in Placentia, California.


TECHNOLOGY, DEVELOPMENT AND PROCESSES

  The Company maintains a strong commitment to research and development,
focusing its efforts on enhancing existing capabilities as well as developing
new technologies. The Company's staff of over 100 experienced engineers,
chemists and laboratory technicians works in conjunction with the Company's
sales staff to identify specific needs and develop innovative, high performance
solutions to customer issues. This method of product development allows
customers to augment their own internal development teams while providing the
Company with the opportunity to gain an in-depth understanding of its customers'
businesses, thereby enabling it to better anticipate and serve their future
needs.

  The market for the Company's products and services is characterized by rapidly
changing technology and continuing process development. The future success of
the Company's business will depend in large part upon its ability to maintain
and enhance its technological capabilities, develop and market products and
services that meet changing customer needs, and successfully anticipate or
respond to technological changes on a cost-effective and timely basis.


SALES AND MARKETING

  Marketing Strategy.   The Company's marketing strategy focuses on developing
close working relationships with its customers early in the design phase and
throughout the lifecycle of the product. Accordingly, the Company's senior
management personnel and engineering staff advise customers with respect to
applicable technology, manufacturability of designs, and cost implications
through on-line computer technical support, conference calls, and customer
visits. The Company has focused its marketing efforts on developing long-term
relationships with key customers in high growth segments of the electronics
industry.

  Sales Force.   The Company markets its products and manufacturing services
through an expansive network consisting of 12 top representative organizations
with 77 manufacturers' representatives across the country complemented by a
direct sales force of 16 individuals. Approximately 87% of the Company's net
sales in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 were generated through
manufacturers' representatives and 13% through its direct sales force. For many
of these representatives, the Company is their largest revenue source and their
exclusive prototype supplier. The Company's representative network covers the
entire United States and has recently expanded to Europe and Asia. The Company's
marketing methodology of introducing its capabilities and providing technical
support to customers requires extensive interaction with its customers.
Consequently, the Company augments the manufacturer's representatives network's
sales efforts by providing extensive marketing, engineering and technical
support. The Company 

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
utilizes fully trained sales representatives and its own engineering force to
provide customer service during all aspects of pre-production and prototype
board fabrication.


MARKETS AND CUSTOMERS

  The Company believes that it has one of the broadest customer bases in the
industry, with more than 350 customers consisting primarily of leading OEMs and
contract manufacturers in a wide range of end-use markets. The Company's
customers principally consist of telecommunications, industrial and business
computers companies, as well as medical, semiconductor equipment and
manufacturers. During the year ended December 31, 1997, sales to the Company's
largest customer, International Business Machines (IBM), accounted for
approximately 13.0% of the Company's net revenues. Sales to the Company's two
largest customers accounted for approximately 23.6% of the Company's net
revenues during the year ended December 31, 1997 and sales to its ten largest
customers accounted for approximately 50.4% during the same period. The
Company's customer list includes leading manufacturers of telecommunications
equipment, such as Motorola and Qualcomm; computer workstations and servers,
such as IBM and Silicon Graphics; semiconductor fabrication such as Intel;
industrial products, such as Caterpillar and Delco; computer assemblers, such as
Dell and Compaq; and contract manufacturing firms such as SCI and Jabil. The
Company has been successful at retaining customers. For example, the Company has
maintained a relationship with its top three year-to-date customers--Motorola,
Intel and IBM--since at least 1993. The Company's active customer base (defined
as customers who have placed orders within the month) has increased from an
average of 122 in 1994 to the current average of 170 customers per month. The
Company believes that its ability to rapidly respond to changes in demand for
new or modified board designs with consistent high quality is a major factor in
building customer partnerships.

  The following table shows, for the periods indicated, the Company's sales and
the percentage of its sales in each of the principal end-user markets it serves
for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1995 through 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                              -----------------------------------
MARKETS                         1995         1996          1997
- -------                         ----         ----          ----
                                     (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                          <C>    <C>   <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
Telecommunications           $21.5   36%  $20.7    30%  $23.1   29%
Computer                      18.1   30    24.9    37    33.9   43
Automotive and Industrial      2.2    4     2.7     4     1.2    2
Turnkey                       11.1   19     6.6    10    11.9   16
Governmental Aerospace         3.0    5     3.0     4     3.9    5
Other                          3.9    6    10.2    15     3.9    5
                             -----  ---   -----  ----   -----  ---
     Total /(1)/             $59.8  100%  $68.1   100%  $77.9  100%
                             =====  ===   =====  ====   =====  ===
</TABLE>

(1) Sales include shipping charges and sales taxes not reflected in the
    Company's financial statements as net sales.

  The Company's core strategy is focused on serving the domestic quick-turn PCB
market. It has broad national coverage and services customers in all regions of
the country. The Company is also expanding internationally, and has recently
opened an office in London, England staffed 

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
with three individuals. The Company currently has no current plans for
international expansion beyond its sales office in London, England.


SUPPLIERS

  The Company's raw materials inventory is small in comparison to sales and must
be regularly and rapidly replenished. The Company uses "just-in-time"
procurement practices to maintain its raw materials inventory at low levels and
works closely with its suppliers to incorporate technological advances in the
raw materials it purchases. Although the Company prefers certain suppliers for
some raw materials, multiple sources exist for all materials. Adequate amounts
of all raw materials have been available in the past and the Company believes
this will continue in the foreseeable future.

  The primary raw materials used by the Company in its manufacturing process are
core materials (copperclad layers of fiberglass of varying thickness impregnated
with bonding materials), chemical solutions (copper, gold, etc.) for plating
operations, photographic film, carbide drill bits, and other supplies such as
copper anodes which are used in plating operations.


COMPETITION

  The PCB industry is highly fragmented and characterized by intense
competition. The Company principally competes with independent and captive
manufacturers of complex and quick-turn PCBs. The Company's principal
competitors include other independent, small private companies and integrated
subsidiaries of more broadly based volume producers. Some of the Company's
principal competitors are less highly-leveraged than the Company and may have
greater financial and operating flexibility. Moreover, the Company may face
additional competitive pressures as a result of changes in technology.

  Competition in the complex and quick-turn PCB industry has increased due to
the consolidation trend in the industry, which results in potentially better
capitalized and more effective competitors. The Company's basic technology is
generally not subject to significant proprietary protection, and companies with
significant resources or international operations may enter the market.
Increased competition could result in price reductions, reduced margins or loss
of market share, any of which could materially adversely affect the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.


EMPLOYEES

  As of February 28, 1998, the Company had approximately 780 employees, none of
whom are represented by unions. The Company has not experienced any labor
problems resulting in a work stoppage and believes it has good relations with
its employees.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

  The Company utilizes various chemicals in its plating operations (copper
sulfate, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, and ammonia agents)
which are carefully monitored to assure compliance with EPA requirements. Other
chemicals are used in the laminate processes, but are usually impregnated in raw
materials and do not create toxic exposures. Proper waste disposal and
environmental regulations are major considerations for PCB manufacturers because
of the metals and chemicals used in the manufacturing process.

  Although the Company believes that its facilities are currently in material
compliance with applicable environmental laws, and it monitors its operations to
avoid violations arising from human error or equipment failures, there can be no
assurance that violations will not occur. In the event of a violation of
environmental laws, the Company could be held liable for damages and for the
costs of remedial actions and could also be subject to revocation of its
affluent discharge permits. Any such revocations could require the Company to
cease or limit production at one or more of its facilities, thereby having a
material adverse effect on the Company's operations. Environmental laws could
also become more stringent over time, imposing greater compliance costs and
increasing risks and penalties associated with any violation, which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company, its results of operations, prospects or
debt service ability.


ITEM 2.  DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY.

  Details conducts its operations within 14 adjacent buildings, located in
Anaheim, California, totaling 73,000 square feet. Existing leases have a
remaining term of 8 years with an option to renew for 10 years or to purchase at
fair market value upon expiration. These lease arrangements have been entered
into with the Swenson Family Trust, which is controlled by the Company's founder
and former shareholder, James I. Swenson and his wife. Most operations,
including management, marketing, manufacturing, testing and shipping, are housed
in this building complex. The Company also leases a 5,000 square foot facility
located in Placentia, California approximately one mile from the main facility
complex, which is used for storage. The Company believes that its facilities are
adequate to support its current operations. On December 22, 1997, Details
acquired NTI which has two leased facilities in Colorado Springs, Colorado
occupying 84,000 square feet, and leases a storage facility in Colorado Springs.


ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

  The Company is a party to various legal actions arising in the ordinary course
of its business. The Company believes that the resolution of these legal actions
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or
results of operations.


ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

  There were no matters submitted to a vote of stockholders during the fourth
quarter of 1997. However, on October 4, 1997, the stockholders of Holdings voted
unanimously to approve the recapitalization of Holdings and the merger of DI
Acquisition Corp. ("DIA") with and into 

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
Holdings. See "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations --Significant Transactions."


PART II


ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANTS' COMMON STOCK

     There is no established trading market for the common stock of Details or
Details Capital.  As of April 3, 1998, Details had 100 shares of common stock,
par value $.01 per share, outstanding, all of which were held by Details
Capital, and Details Capital had 1,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01
per share outstanding, all of which were held by Holdings. Details' ability to
pay dividends is limited under an indenture dated as of November 18, 1997
between Details and State Street Bank & Trust Co. as trustee (the "Senior
Subordinated Note Indenture"), and under the Senior Credit Facilities (as
defined). Details Capital's ability to pay dividends is limited under an
indenture dated as of November 18, 1997, as supplemented by a supplemental
indenture dated as of February 10, 1998 among Holdings, Details Capital and
State Street Bank & Trust Co. as trustee (the "Indenture").


ITEM. 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The following selected financial data with respect to the consolidated
statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the balance
sheet data as of the end of such fiscal year of each of Details Capital and
Details are derived from the audited financial statements of Details Capital and
Details.  The selected financial data with respect to the consolidated
statements of operations for each of the four years ended December 31, 1996 and
the balance sheet data as of the end of each such fiscal year are derived from
the audited financial statements of Holdings, as predecessor to each of Details
Capital and Details.  The following information should be read in conjunction
with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and
"Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" included elsewhere herein.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                     Year Ended December 31,
                                                     --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     Details
                                                                                          Details    Capital
                                               1993       1994        1995       1996        1997        1997
                                               ----       ----        ----       ----        ----        ----
                                                                   (dollars in thousands)
                                                                    -------------------- 
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C> 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net sales.................................   $32,394   $ 44,086   $ 59,370   $ 67,515   $  78,756   $  78,756
  Cost of goods sold........................    16,480     20,415     25,156     30,505      38,675      38,675
                                               -------   --------   --------   --------   ---------   ---------
    Gross profit............................    15,914     23,671     34,214     37,010      40,081      40,081
  Operating expenses:
    Compensation to CEO/(1)/................    11,513        412        418      1,055       2,149       2,149
    General and administration..............     1,136      1,385      1,789      1,929       2,057       2,057
    Sales and marketing.....................     3,074      3,542      5,293      5,989       7,278       7,278
    Stock compensation and related
</TABLE> 

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
      bonuses/(2)/..........................        --         --         --         --      31,271      31,271
                                               -------   --------   --------   --------   ---------   ---------
  Operating income (loss)...................       191     18,332     26,714     28,037      (2,674)     (2,674)
  Interest expense..........................      (167)      (181)      (370)    (9,518)    (17,948)    (25,292)
  Interest income...........................        10         13         42        102          96          96
                                               -------   --------   --------   --------   ---------   ---------
  Income (loss) before income taxes.........        34     18,164     26,385     18,621     (20,526)    (27,870)
  Income tax benefit (expense)/(3)/.........      (221)      (273)      (396)    (6,265)     (8,030)    (10,858)
  Extraordinary loss /(4)/..................        --         --         --         --      (1,588)     (1,588)
                                               -------   --------   --------   --------   ---------   ---------
  Net income (loss).........................   $  (187)  $ 17,891   $ 25,989   $ 12,356   $ (14,084)  $ (18,600)
                                               =======   ========   ========   ========   =========   =========
 
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
  EBITDA/(5)/...............................   $ 1,047   $ 19,214   $ 27,768   $ 30,084   $    (106)  $    (106)
  Adjusted EBITDA/(6)/......................    12,560     19,626     28,186     31,139      33,015      33,015
  Depreciation..............................       856        882      1,054      2,047       2,568       2,568
  Cash provided by operating activities.....       395     18,094     26,141     12,158       9,099       9,099
  Cash flow (used in) investing activities..    (1,254)      (844)    (2,946)    (3,577)    (44,948)    (44,948)
  Cash provided (used in) financing
    activities..............................     2,277    (15,156)   (26,409)    (8,885)     41,057      41,057
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges /(7)/..      1.1x      51.5x      46.6x       3.0x        - (9)       - (9)
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD):
  Working capital...........................   $   (74)  $    (96)  $ (2,264)  $ (3,514)  $  20,762      23,589
  Total assets..............................     9,097     12,015     13,081     27,503     102,571     108,862
  Total debt................................     3,446      1,316      1,982     94,101     212,550     273,518
  Equity (net capital deficiency)/(8)/......     2,806      2,806      2,500    (72,674)   (136,548)   (191,225)
</TABLE>

(1) Represents compensation paid to the Company's former CEO, who also was the
    sole shareholder since the Company's inception through the Initial
    Recapitalization (as defined) and whose employment terminated on October 28,
    1997.
(2) Represents stock compensation and related bonuses under the Company's 1996
    Stock Option Plan (as defined) in connection with the Recapitalization.
(3) Prior to February 1996, the Company elected to be taxed as an "S"
    corporation and paid income taxes at a reduced rate.  On a pro forma basis,
    income tax expense would have been higher by the following amounts: 1994-
    $7,175; 1995-$10,425 and 1996-$1,295.
(4) Represents early extinguishment of debt, net of income tax benefit of
    $1,104.
(5) "EBITDA" is defined herein as income before income taxes, depreciation,
    amortization and net interest expense.  EBITDA is presented because the
    Company believes it is frequently used by security analysts in the
    evaluation of companies.  However, EBITDA should not be considered as an
    alternative to net income as a measure of operating results or to cash flows
    as a measure of liquidity in accordance with generally accepted accounting
    principles.
(6) "Adjusted EBITDA" is defined herein as EBITDA adjusted for certain items of
    income which are not expected to be incurred by the Company subsequent to
    the Transactions (as described in "Item 7. Management's Discussion and
    Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations").  These items
    consist of the compensation paid to the Company's former CEO whose
    employment terminated on October 28, 1997 and stock compensation and related
    bonuses under the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan.
(7) For purposes of computing this ratio, earnings consists of income before
    income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense
    and the estimated interest portion of rent expense.
(8) The net capital deficiency as of December 31, 1997 reflects the
    Recapitalization that took place in October of 1997 and the net capital
    deficiency as of December 31, 1996 reflects the Initial Recapitalization
    that took place in January of 1996.
(9) Historical earnings were deficient in covering fixed charges for Details and
    Details Capital by $20.5 million and $28.9 million, respectively.  On a pro
    forma basis, assuming the Senior Subordinated Notes (as defined) and
    Discount Notes (as defined) were outstanding at the beginning of 1997 and
    after eliminating the non-recurring stock compensation and related bonuses,
    the ratio of earnings to fixed charges would have been 3.2 x and 2.4 x for
    Details and Details Capital, respectively.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS.


OVERVIEW

  The Company believes, based on industry data, that it is one of the largest
domestic manufacturers and marketers of PCBs for the quick-turn segment of the
PCB industry. The Company produces PCBs for over 350 customers across a wide
range of end-use markets including the telecommunications, computer, contract
manufacturing, industrial instrumentation and consumer electronics industries.
For the year ended December 31, 1997, approximately 75% of the Company's sales
were quick-turn PCBs. The Company's net sales of PCB panels, which consist of
multiple individual printed circuit boards, have grown at a compound annual
growth rate of 24.9% from $32.4 million in fiscal year ended December 31, 1993
to $78.8 million in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.


SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS

  The Company was established in 1978 by James Swenson. In 1992, the Company
installed new management, headed by Bruce McMaster, and began to focus primarily
on quick-turn products. In late January 1996, Chase Manhattan Capital, L.P.
("CMC") and its affiliates acquired approximately 40% of the outstanding stock
of the Company in a recapitalization (the "Initial Recapitalization").

  On October 28, 1997,  the Company was recapitalized (the "Recapitalization")
through the merger (the "Merger") of DIA with and into Holdings.  In connection
with the Recapitalization, certain stockholders and optionholders of Holdings
received an aggregate amount of cash equal to approximately $184.3 million (plus
future escrow payments of approximately $8.6 million), (ii) CMC retained a
portion of its investment in Holdings representing approximately 7.7%, and
certain other stockholders of Holdings retained a portion of their investments
in Holdings representing approximately 2.8%, of the fully-diluted equity of
Holdings (in each case after giving effect to the Recapitalization and related
transactions) (collectively, the "Existing Owner Rollover"), and (iii)
management retained certain shares representing approximately 11.3%, and certain
options to acquire shares of common stock of Holdings representing approximately
5.8%, of the fully-diluted equity of Holdings (after giving effect to the
Recapitalization and related transactions) (collectively, the "Management
Rollover Equity"). In addition, in connection with the Recapitalization,
management acquired additional shares and options to acquire additional shares
representing 10.4% of the fully-diluted equity of Holdings (after giving effect
to the Recapitalization and related transactions). After the Recapitalization,
management held shares and options representing approximately 27.5% of the fully
diluted equity of Holdings.
 
     Financing for the Recapitalization, and the related fees and expenses,
consisted of (i) $46.3 million of equity capital provided by investment funds
associated with Bain Capital, Inc. (the "Bain Capital Funds"); (ii) $11.2
million of equity capital provided by an affiliate of CMC; (iii) $4.9 million of
equity capital provided by certain other investors (the "Other Investors"); (iv)
the $16.1 million Management Rollover Equity; (v) the $10.5 million Existing
Owner Rollover; (v) 

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
 
a senior subordinated loan facility of $85 million (the "Senior Subordinated
Facility"); (vi) a senior unsecured loan facility of $55 million of Holdings
(the "Holdings Facility" and together with the Senior Subordinated Facility, the
"Bridge Loans"); and (vii) a syndicated senior secured Tranche A term loan
facility of $41.4 million as of the Recapitalization closing date (the "Tranche
A Facility"), a syndicated senior secured Tranche B term loan facility of $50
million (the "Tranche B Facility" and, together with the Tranche A Facility, the
"Term Loan Facilities") and a senior secured revolving credit facility of up to
$30 million (the "Revolving Credit Facility" and, together with the Term Loan
Facilities, the "Senior Credit Facilities"). The Recapitalization, the Merger,
the Senior Subordinated Facility, the Holdings Facility and the Senior Credit
Facilities are referred to herein as the "Transactions."

     On November 3, 1997, Holdings organized Details and contributed
substantially all of its assets, subject to certain liabilities (other than the
Holdings Facility) to Details. On November 19, 1997, Holdings formed Details
Capital and on February 10, 1998, Holdings contributed substantially all of its
assets (consisting primarily of all of the shares of capital stock of Details),
subject to certain liabilities, including the  Discount Notes (as defined), to
Details Capital.  The Details Capital financial statements have been prepared as
if the contribution of Holdings' assets and liabilities occurred in connection
with the Recapitalization.

     In connection with the Transactions, Details and Details Capital incurred
certain nonrecurring charges as follows: (i) fees and interest charges on Bridge
Loans (aggregating $4 million for Details and $10.5 million for Details
Capital); (ii) $31.2 million for the accelerated vesting of variable stock
purchase options and related bonuses; (iii) $2.7 million for the early
extinguishment of long-term debt, before income taxes; and (iv) $1.2 million for
the buyout of the former CEO's employment contract.  These charges are expected
to generate income tax benefits at an effective rate of approximately 40%.

NTI ACQUISITION

  On December 22, 1997, Details acquired all of the outstanding shares of common
stock of NTI for approximately $38.9 million. The purchase price included the
assumption of approximately $7.4 million of NTI's debt without giving effect to
a final purchase price adjustment. Management is currently assessing adjustments
to assets at fair value and liabilities assumed and will make a final purchase
price allocation upon completion of this assessment. The acquisition was funded
in part through the issuance of additional equity interests in Holdings in the
aggregate amount of $10.2 million to certain existing investors in Holdings as
well as three new investors, including an existing investor in NTI. The
remainder of the purchase price was funded with cash from Holdings and a $25
million term loan borrowing under the Details' Term Loan Facilities (the
"Acquisition Facility").

  NTI manufactures complex PCBs of OEMs in the electronics industry and focuses
primarily on pre-production market opportunities with lead times of 10 to 20
days. NTI currently manufactures all of its products at two leased facilities
located in Colorado Springs, Colorado occupying 84,000 square feet (which also
include its executive offices). NTI is operated as a wholly-owned subsidiary of
the Company and is currently headed by James S. Marcelli. Mr. Marcelli, who has
run NTI since 1991, is now a Vice President of Details and President of NTI. As
of December 31, 1997, NTI employed approximately 310 employees, all of whom are
non-union employees.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>
 
  The NTI acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method of
accounting. As a result, the total acquisition cost has been allocated to the
estimated fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities
assumed. Based upon management's preliminary estimate of the fair value of the
assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the Company has recorded approximately
$26.1 million in goodwill, which will be amortized over a period of twenty-five
years. Management determined the estimated life of goodwill based on the prior
operating history of NTI and the economic factors of NTI's business. NTI has no
significant proprietary products or technology for which an allocation of
purchase price would be made.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  The following table sets forth certain condensed historical financial data for
the Company expressed as a percentage of net sales for the periods set forth
below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                            ----------------------------------
                                                                      DETAILS
                                                            DETAILS   CAPITAL
                                             1995    1996     1997      1997
                                            ------  ------  --------  --------
<S>                                         <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>
Net sales.................................  100.0%  100.0%    100.0%    100.0%
Cost of goods sold........................   42.4    45.2      49.1      49.1
                                            -----   -----     -----    ------
Gross profit..............................   57.6    54.8      50.9      50.9
Operating expenses:
  Stock compensation and related bonuses..     --      --      39.7      39.7
  Other operating expenses................   12.6    13.3      14.6      14.6
                                            -----   -----     -----    ------
Operating income (loss)...................   45.0    41.5      (3.4)     (3.4)
Net interest expense......................   (0.5)  (13.9)    (22.8)     32.1
                                            -----   -----     -----    ------
Income before income taxes (excluding.....   44.5    27.6     (26.2)    (35.5)
  extraordinary loss)
Income tax (expense) benefit                 (0.7)   (9.3)     10.2      13.8
Extraordinary loss........................     --      --      (2.0)     (2.0)
                                            -----   -----     -----    ------
Net income................................   43.8    18.3     (18.0)    (23.7)
                                            =====   =====     =====    ======
</TABLE>


1997 COMPARED TO 1996


     Net Sales.   Net sales increased $11.3 million or 16.6% to $78.8 million in
1997 from $67.5 million in 1996. The increase was largely due to growth in the
volume of units shipped primarily attributable to increased demand from
information technology customers. During 1997, the Company's two largest
customers accounted for 13.0% and 10.6% of net sales, respectively. During 1996,
one customer accounted for 15.7% of net sales.

     Gross Profit.   Gross profit increased $3.1 million to $40.1 million in
1997 from $37.0 million in 1996. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit
decreased to 50.9% in 1997 from 54.8% in 1996. The decrease in gross profit as a
percentage of sales was primarily attributable to 

                                      -14-
<PAGE>
 
increases in engineering, manufacturing and systems personnel needed to support
continued growth in manufacturing capacity.

     Stock Compensation and Related Bonuses.  During 1997, the Board of
Directors of Holdings authorized the acceleration of vesting of all outstanding
performance-based stock purchase options under the 1996 Stock Option Plan (as
defined) of Holdings in connection with the Recapitalization. The stock options
were treated as variable in nature, and accordingly, the measurement date for
assessing compensation attributable to such stock options was made at the time
both the number of shares and the exercise price was known. In connection
therewith, the Company charged operations totaling $21.2 million. In addition,
the Company paid bonuses amounting to $10 million to certain option holders for
income taxes which were paid upon the exercise of certain of these stock
options. In connection with the NTI acquisition, Holdings issued to certain
employees shares of its common stock for services resulting in a charge of
approximately $52,000.

     Other Operating Expenses.   Other operating expenses increased $2.8 million
or 31.1% to $11.8 million in 1997, as compared to $9.0 million in 1996. As a
percentage of net sales, other operating expenses increased to 15.0% in 1997, as
compared to 13.3% in 1996. The increase was due primarily to additional sales
and marketing expenses attributable to increased sales coupled with the start-up
costs associated with the January 1997 opening of the Company's sales office in
London, as well as the $1.2 million buy-out of the former CEO's employment
contract, which was terminated in connection with the Recapitalization. The
Company anticipates operating expenses will continue to increase in proportion
to revenue as the Company expands.

     Net Interest Expense.   Net interest expense increased $15.8 million to
$25.3 million in 1997 for Details Capital and $8.4 million to $17.9 million for
Details, compared to $9.4 million in 1996. The increase in interest expense was
primarily due to (i) Bridge Loan fees and expenses of $11.4 million for Details
Capital and $5.0 million for Details and (ii) the increased level of borrowings
in connection with the Recapitalization and the NTI acquisition, which resulted
in an increase in total debt for Details Capital of $179.4 million to $273.5
million and an increase in total debt for Details of $118.4 million to $212.5
million at December 31, 1997.

     Extraordinary Loss.  The Company incurred an extraordinary net loss of $1.6
million net of income tax benefit of $1.1 million due to the early
extinguishment of long-term debt in connection with the Recapitalization.

     Income Tax Expense.   Income tax expense (benefit) was $(10.9) million or
40% of income (loss) before income taxes for Details Capital, and $(8.0) million
for Details in 1997. This included a $1.1 million income tax benefit received in
connection with the early extinguishment of debt.  Income tax expense in 1996
was $6.3 million or 33.6% of income before income taxes. Prior to the Initial
Recapitalization, the Company was taxed as an "S" corporation for income tax
purposes. As an "S" corporation, the Company paid reduced income taxes and all
income was passed through to the stockholder of the Company. On a pro forma
basis, the Company's effective tax rate would have been approximately 40% had
the "S" corporation election not been in effect. The Company anticipates a
combined tax rate of approximately 41% in the future under the current federal
and state income tax rate structure.

     Net Income (Loss).   For the reasons discussed above, the Company incurred
a net loss of $(14.1) million for Details and $(18.6) million for Details 
Capital in 1997, compared to net income 

                                      -15-
<PAGE>
 
of $12.4 million in 1996. The primary difference between losses in 1997 for
Details and Details Capital is due to interest on the Holdings Facility and the
Discount Notes reflected in Details Capital's results aggregating $7.3 million,
net of income tax benefits.


1996 COMPARED TO 1995

  Net Sales.  Net sales increased $8.1 million or 13.7% to $67.5 million in 1996
from $59.4 million in 1995. The increase was due primarily to a change in the
product sales mix resulting in an increase in average panel price partially
offset by a decrease in total panels shipped. The overall increase in average
price per panel was a result of the Company's increased emphasis on prototype
and premium products. During 1996, the Company had sales to two customers
totaling $16.6 million or 24.6% of net sales. During 1995, the Company had sales
to these two customers totaling $16.4 million or 27.7% of net sales.

  Gross Profit.  Gross profit increased $2.8 million to $37.0 million in 1996
from $34.2 million for 1995. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit
decreased 2.8% to 54.8% in 1996 from 57.6% in 1995. The decrease in gross profit
as a percentage of sales was primarily the result of an increase in the
Company's investment in engineering, manufacturing and systems personnel to
support continued growth in manufacturing capacity, combined with increased
manufacturing costs incurred on more complex, high density PCBs.

  Other Operating Expenses.   Other operating expenses increased $1.5 million or
19.6% to $9.0 million in 1996 from $7.5 million in 1995. As a percentage of net
sales, other operating expenses increased to 13.3% in 1996 from 12.6% in 1995.
Of these totals, compensation to the CEO increased $637,000 to $1.1 million in
1996 from $418,000 in 1995. This increase was due to a new employment contract
signed in January 1996 in connection with the Initial Recapitalization.

  Net Interest Expense.   Net interest expense increased $9.1 million to $9.4
million from $329,000 in 1995. The increase in interest expense is primarily due
to the debt incurred of approximately $95.0 million and $6.6 million in capital
lease transactions in connection with the Initial Recapitalization. Prior to
1996, the Company had incurred only nominal amounts of debt for the purchase of
equipment.

  Income Tax Expense.   Income tax expense was $6.3 million or 33.6% of income
before income taxes in 1996. Income tax expense was $396,000 or 1.5% of income
before income taxes in 1995. The income tax rates were lower than the statutory
income tax rate since the Company changed from an "S" corporation to a "C"
corporation in late January 1996. On a pro forma basis, the income tax rate of
the Company if it were taxable as a "C" corporation for all of 1996 would have
been approximately 41%.

  Net Income.   For the reasons discussed above, net income decreased $13.6
million to $12.4 million in 1996 from $26.0 million in 1995.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

       The Company's principal sources of liquidity are cash provided by
operations, borrowings under various debt instruments and capital contributions
from Holdings. The Company's principal uses of cash have been to finance the NTI
acquisition, meet debt service requirements, and finance capital expenditures,
the Initial Recapitalization and the Recapitalization.  The Company anticipates
that it will also use cash in the future to finance possible acquisitions.

     Net cash provided by operating activities was $9.7 million, $12.2 million
and  $26.1 million for 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Fluctuations in net
cash provided by operating activities is primarily attributable to increases and
decreases in the Company's net income before non-cash charges.  For 1997, net
cash provided by operations was reduced by a $10.0 million cash bonus paid as
part of the stock compensation expenses incurred in connection with the
Recapitalization.

     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $39.7 million,
($8.9 million) and ($26.4 million) for 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
Financing activities in 1997 consisted primarily of increased borrowings under
Credit Facilities, distributions to shareholders and shareholder transactions in
connection with the Recapitalization.  Financing activities in 1996 primarily
consisted of increased distributions to shareholders and shareholder
transactions and increased debt requirements in connection with the Initial
Recapitalization.   Financing activities in 1995 primarily consisted of
distributions to shareholders.
 
     The Company's capital expenditures were $6.6 million, $10.3 million and
$2.9 million in 1997, 1996 and  1995, respectively of which approximately
$600,000 and $6.6 million were incurred in 1997 and 1996, respectively, under
capital lease obligations. The Company anticipates these expenditures will
increase to approximately $8 million for 1998.

     As a result of the Transactions and the Offerings (as defined below),
Details Capital incurred new indebtedness aggregating $241.5 million  and
Details incurred new indebtedness aggregating $181.4 million. The Company has
significantly increased cash requirements for debt service relating to the
Senior Subordinated Notes (as defined below) and Senior Credit Facilities. On
December 22, 1997, the Company incurred additional debt of $25 million under the
Acquisition Facility in connection with the NTI acquisition.  As of December 31,
1997, Details Capital had borrowings of approximately $273.5 million and Details
had borrowings of approximately $212.5 million, and the Company had up to $30
million available for borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility. The
Company's estimated minimum principal payment obligations under the Senior
Credit Facilities are $1.9 million and $4.1 million for 1998 and 1999,
respectively. This compares to $11.0 million and $12.5 million, which would have
been required under its previous facilities.

     The Senior Credit Facilities are provided for under a Credit Agreement
dated as of October 28, 1997 as Amended and Restated as of December 5, 1997,
among Holdings, Details and Details Capital and various banks and financial
institutions including Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. ("Chase") as bank lender and
administrative agent, and are (i) jointly and severally guaranteed by Holdings
and Details Capital and (ii) secured by all of the stock of Details and certain
stock of Details subsidiaries. Future domestic subsidiaries of Details will
guarantee the Senior Credit Facilities and secure that guarantee with their
tangible and intangible assets. The Senior Credit Facilities require Details to
meet certain financial tests. In addition, the Senior Credit Facilities contain
certain negative covenants limiting, among other things, additional debt,
additional liens, transactions with

                                      -17-
<PAGE>
 
affiliates, mergers and consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, sales of
assets, dividends, capital expenditures, investments, loans and advances,
prepayments and modifications of debt instruments and other matters customarily
restricted in such agreements, and customary events of default. Pursuant to the
terms of the Senior Credit Facilities, Details is required to compute financial
ratios and certify to other covenants on a quarterly basis.

     Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities bear interest at a floating
rate and may be maintained as ABR Loans (as defined in the Senior Credit
Facilities) or at Details' option, as Eurodollar Loans.  ABR Loans bear interest
at either (i) 2 1/2% to 2 3/4% per annum plus the rate at which certain
Eurodollar deposits are offered in the interbank Eurodollar market or (ii) 1
1/2% to 1 3/4% per annum plus the higher of (a) the applicable prime lending
rate of Chase  Manhattan Bank or (b) the federal reserve reported overnight
funds rate plus 1/2 of 1% per annum, plus the Applicable Margin (as defined in
the Senior Credit Facilities).  Eurodollar Loans  bear interest at the
Eurodollar Rate (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) plus the Applicable
Margin.  The Applicable Margin is  1 1/2% in the case of ABR Loans and 2 1/2% in
the case of Eurodollar Loans for the Tranche A Facility, the Acquisition
Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility, and 1 3/4% in the case of ABR Loans
and 2 3/4% in the case of Eurodollar Loans for the Tranche B Facility.  The
Applicable Margin for the Revolving Credit Facility and the Tranche A Facility
is subject to reduction after four fiscal quarters following the closing of the
Senior Credit Facilities in accordance with an agreed upon pricing grid.  At
December 31, 1997,  borrowings outstanding under the Tranche A Facility and the
Acquisition Facility bore interest at a rate of 8.44% per annum and borrowings
outstanding  under the Tranche B Facility bore interest at a rate of 8.69% per
annum.

     Following the Recapitalization, Holdings (as predecessor in interest to
Details Capital) conducted an offering (the "Discount Note Offering") of its 12
1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2007 with an aggregate principal amount at
maturity of $110 million (the "Discount Notes"), and Details conducted the
offering (the "Senior Subordinated Note Offering" and together with the Discount
Note Offering, the "Offerings") of its 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 in
$100 million aggregate principal amount (the "Senior Subordinated Notes"), in
transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). Holdings used the net proceeds (after
deduction of related fees and expenses) from the Discount Note Offering of
approximately $57.1 million, together with a portion of the proceeds of the
Senior Subordinated Note Offering, to repay the Holdings Facility, plus accrued
interest and related fees and expenses.  The net proceeds of the Senior
Subordinated Note Offering were used to repay the Senior Subordinated Facility,
plus accrued interest and related fees and expenses, a portion of the Holdings
Facility and indebtedness under the Term Loan Facilities of approximately $10.3
million.

     On March 24, 1998, Details Capital and Details consummated exchange offers
of Discount Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes registered under the Securities
Act for the Discount Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes, respectively. The
Discount Notes and the notes exchanged therefor are referred to as the "Discount
Notes" and the Senior Subordinated Notes and the notes exchanged therefor are
referred to as the "Senior Subordinated Notes." Interest on the Senior
Subordinated Notes is payable semi-annually in cash. The Company's ability to
incur additional indebtedness is limited under the Indenture, the Senior
Subordinated Note Indenture and the Senior Credit Facilities. In addition,
Details Capital is a holding company, and its ability to pay interest on the
Discount Notes is dependent upon the receipt of dividends from its direct and
indirect 

                                      -18-
<PAGE>
 
subsidiaries. Although the Discount Notes do not require interest
payments for the first five years, Details Capital does not have, and may not in
the future have, any assets other than the common stock of Details (which is
pledged to secure the obligations of Details under the Senior Credit
Facilities). Further, the Senior Credit Facilities and the Senior Subordinated
Note Indenture impose substantial restrictions on Details' ability to pay
dividends to Details Capital.

     Based upon the current level of operations, management believes that cash
generated from operations, available cash and amounts available under the Senior
Credit Facilities, will be adequate to meet its debt service requirements,
capital expenditures and working capital needs for the foreseeable future,
although no assurance can be given in this regard. Accordingly, there can be no
assurance that the Company's business will generate sufficient cash flow from
operations or that future borrowings will be available under the Senior Credit
Facilities to enable the Company to service its indebtedness, including the
Discount Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes, or make anticipated capital
expenditures. The Company is highly leveraged, and its future operating
performance and ability to service or refinance the Discount Notes and the
Senior Subordinated Notes and to extend or refinance the Senior Credit
Facilities will be subject to future economic conditions and to financial,
business and other factors, many of which are beyond the Company's control.


IMPACT OF INFLATION

    The Company believes that its results of operations are not dependent upon
moderate changes in the inflation rate. However, severe increases in inflation
could affect the global and United States economy and could have an impact on
the Company's profitability.


COMPUTER SYSTEMS AND YEAR 2000

       The Company is currently developing a plan to insure that its systems and
software infrastructure are Year 2000 compliant.  The scheduled implementation
of all phases of the plan is December 1998. Given the relatively small size of
the Company's systems and the predominately new hardware, software and operating
systems, management does not anticipate any significant delays in becoming Year
2000 compliant. However, the Company is unable to control whether its customers'
and suppliers' systems are Year 2000 compliant. To the extent that customers
would be unable to order product or pay invoices or suppliers would be unable to
manufacture and ship product, it could affect the Company's operations. However,
management does not believe that Year 2000 changes will have a material impact
on the operating results or financial condition of the Company.


CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

    FASB has also issued Statement No. 131 "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information." Statement No. 131 modifies the disclosure
requirements for reportable segments and is effective for the Company's year
ending December 31, 1998. The Company has not determined if the effect of the
adoption of this Statement would require the Company to report industry
segments.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the words "believes",
"anticipates" and similar expressions are used to identify forward-looking
statements. Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties which could
cause actual results to differ materially from those projected. The Company
wishes to caution readers that all statements other than statements of
historical facts included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K regarding the
Company's financial position and business strategy, may constitute forward-
looking statements. All of these forward-looking statements are based on
estimates and assumptions made by management of the Company, which although
believed to be reasonable, are inherently uncertain. Therefore, undue reliance
should not be placed on such estimates and statements. No assurance can be given
that any of such estimates or statements will be realized and it is likely that
actual results will differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-
looking statements. Factors that may cause such differences include: (1)
increased competition; (2) increased costs; (3) inability to consummate
acquisitions on attractive terms; (4) loss or retirement of key members of
management; (5) increases in the Company's cost of borrowings or unavailability
of additional debt or equity capital on terms considered reasonable by
management; (6) adverse state, federal or foreign legislation or regulation or
adverse determinations by regulators; (7) changes in general economic conditions
in the markets in which the Company may compete and fluctuations in demand in
the electronics industry; and (8) ability to sustain historical margins as the
industry develops. Many of such factors will be beyond the control of the
Company and its management. For further information or other factors which could
affect the financial results of the Company and such forward-looking statements,
see "-- Factors That May Affect Future Results."


FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS

SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE; STOCKHOLDER'S DEFICIT

    As a result of the Transactions, the Discount Note Offering, the Senior
Subordinated Note Offering and the NTI acquisition, the Company is highly
leveraged. As of December 31, 1997, the Company's indebtedness was approximately
$273.5 million ($212.5 million for Details), and there was approximately $30
million available under the Senior Credit Facilities for future borrowings for
general corporate purposes and working capital needs. The historical 1997
earnings of Details and Details Capital were deficient in covering fixed charges
by $20.5 million and $28.9 million, respectively, largely due to approximately
$31.3 million in non-recurring stock compensation and related bonuses granted in
connection with the Recapitalization and the NTI acquisition, and $5 million 
and $11.4 million of non-recurring interest charges for Details and Details
Capital, respectively, in connection with the Bridge Loans. On a pro forma
basis, after giving effect to: (i) the elimination of nonrecurring stock
compensation and related bonuses of $31.3 million and (ii) the issuance of the
Senior Subordinated Notes and the Discount Notes (in satisfaction of the Bridge
Loans) as if such Notes were issued at the beginning of 1997, and the related
interest expense thereon, the ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the year
ended December 31, 1997 was 3.2 to 1.0 and 2.4 to 1.0 for Details and Details
Capital, respectively. The Company had a stockholder's deficit as of December
31, 1997 of approximately $191 million. In addition, subject to the restrictions
in the Senior

                                      -20-
<PAGE>
 
Credit Facilities, the Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture,
Details and its subsidiaries may incur additional indebtedness in an
unrestricted amount from time to time to finance acquisitions or capital
expenditures or for other purposes.

  The Company's high degree of leverage could have significant consequences,
including: (i) a substantial portion of the Company's cash flow from operations
must be dedicated to debt service and will not be available for other purposes;
(ii) the Company's ability to obtain additional debt financing in the future for
working capital, capital expenditures, research and development or acquisitions
may be limited; (iii) the Company's leveraged position and the covenants that
will be contained in the Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and
the Senior Credit Facilities could limit the Company's ability to compete, as
well as its ability to expand, including through acquisitions, and to make
capital improvements; and (iv) the Company may be more leveraged than certain of
its competitors, which may place the Company at a competitive disadvantage.

  The Company's ability to pay principal and interest on the Discount Notes and
the Senior Subordinated Notes  and to satisfy its other debt obligations will
depend upon its future operating performance, which will be affected by
prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors,
certain of which are beyond its control, as well as the availability of
revolving credit borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities or successor
facilities. The Company anticipates that its operating cash flow, together with
borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities, will be sufficient to meet its
operating expenses and to service its debt requirements as they become due. If
the Company is unable to service its indebtedness, it will be forced to take
actions such as reducing or delaying capital expenditures, selling assets,
restructuring or refinancing its indebtedness (which could include the Discount
Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes), or seeking additional equity capital.
There is no assurance that any of these remedies can be effected on satisfactory
terms, if at all.


RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY TERMS OF INDEBTEDNESS

    The Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture restrict, among
other things, Details Capital's and Details' ability to incur additional
indebtedness, pay dividends or make certain other restricted payments,
consummate certain asset sales, enter into certain transactions with affiliates,
incur indebtedness, merge or consolidate with any other person or sell, assign,
transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company. Other than to guarantee Bank Indebtedness (as defined in
the Indenture), the Indenture does not permit Details Capital to incur any
additional indebtedness senior to the Discount Notes. However, subject to
compliance with debt incurrence tests and the other restrictions in the Senior
Credit Facilities, the Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture,
Details and its subsidiaries may incur additional indebtedness in an
unrestricted amount from time to time to finance acquisitions or capital
expenditures or for other purposes. In addition, the Senior Credit Facilities
contain other and more restrictive covenants and will prohibit Details Capital
and its subsidiaries from prepaying other indebtedness (including the Discount
Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes). The Senior Credit Facilities require
Details to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy certain financial
condition tests. Details' ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can
be affected by events beyond its control, and there can be no assurance that
Details will meet those tests. A breach of any of these covenants could result
in a default under the Senior Credit Facilities and/or the Senior Subordinated
Note Indenture and the Indenture. Upon the occurrence of an event of default
under the Senior Credit Facilities or the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture,
the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the Senior
Credit Facilities, together with accrued interest, and the holders of Senior
Subordinated Notes could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the
Senior Subordinated

                                      -21-
<PAGE>
 
Notes, together with accrued interest to be immediately due and payable. If the
Company were unable to repay the amounts under the Senior Credit Facilities, the
lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that
indebtedness. If the Senior Indebtedness were to be accelerated, there can be no
assurance that the assets of the Company would be sufficient to repay in full
that indebtedness and the other indebtedness of the Company, including the
Discount Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes. Substantially all the assets 
of Details and its subsidiaries are pledged as security under the Senior 
Credit Facilities.


TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE AND PROCESS DEVELOPMENT

    The market for the Company's products and services is characterized by
rapidly changing technology and continuing process development. The future
success of the Company's business will depend in large part upon its ability to
maintain and enhance its technological capabilities, develop and market products
and services that meet changing customer needs, and successfully anticipate or
respond to technological changes on a cost-effective and timely basis. Research
and development expenses are expected to increase as manufacturers make demands
for higher technology and smaller PCBs. In addition, the PCB industry could in
the future encounter competition from new or revised technologies that render
existing electronic interconnect technology less competitive or obsolete or
technologies that may reduce the number of PCBs required in electronic
components. There can be no assurance that the Company will effectively respond
to the technological requirements of the changing market. To the extent the
Company determines that new technologies and equipment are required to remain
competitive, the development, acquisition and implementation of such
technologies and equipment may require significant capital investment by the
Company. There can be no assurance that capital will be available for these
purposes in the future or that investments in new technologies will result in
commercially viable technological processes. The loss of revenue and earnings to
the Company from such a technological change or process development could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations.


DEPENDENCE ON A LIMITED NUMBER OF CUSTOMERS

    During the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, sales to the Company's
largest customer accounted for 13% of the Company's net revenues. Sales to the
Company's two largest customers accounted for approximately 23.6% of the
Company's net revenues and sales to the Company's ten largest customers
accounted for 50.4% of the Company's net revenues during the same period. There
can be no assurance that the Company will not depend upon a relatively small
number of customers for a significant percentage of its net revenues in the
future. There can be no assurance that present or future customers will not
terminate their manufacturing arrangements with the Company or significantly
change, reduce or delay the amount of manufacturing services ordered from the
Company. Any such termination of a manufacturing relationship or change,
reduction or delay in orders could have an adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations.

                                      -22-
<PAGE>
 
DEPENDENCE ON ELECTRONIC INDUSTRY

    The electronics industry, which encompasses the Company's principal
customers, is characterized by intense competition, relatively short product
life-cycles and significant fluctuations in product demand. In addition, the
electronics industry is generally subject to rapid technological change and
product obsolescence. Furthermore, the electronics industry is subject to
economic cycles and has in the past experienced, and is likely in the future to
experience, recessionary periods. A recession or any other event leading to
excess capacity or a downturn in the electronics industry would likely have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations.

ABILITY TO IMPLEMENT THE COMPANY'S OPERATING AND ACQUISITION STRATEGY

    No assurances can be given that the Company or its management team will be
able to implement successfully the operating strategy described herein,
including the ability to identify, negotiate and consummate future acquisitions
on terms management considers favorable.

  The Company may from time to time pursue the acquisitions of other companies,
assets or product lines that complement or expand its existing business.
Acquisitions involve a number of risks that could adversely affect the Company's
operating results, including the diversion of management's attention, the costs
of assimilating the operations and personnel of the acquired companies, and the
potential loss of employees of the acquired companies. No assurance can be given
that any acquisition by the Company will not materially and adversely affect the
Company or that any such acquisition will enhance the Company's business. The
ability of the Company to implement its operating strategy and to consummate
future acquisitions may require significant additional debt and/or equity
capital, and no assurance can be given as to whether, and on what terms, such
additional debt and/or equity capital will be available.

  The Company's efforts to increase international sales may be adversely
affected by, among other things, changes in foreign import restrictions and
regulations, taxes, currency exchange rates, currency and monetary transfer
restrictions and regulations and economic and political changes in the foreign
nations to which the Company's products are exported. There can be no assurance
that one or more of these factors will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial position or results of operations.


VARIABILITY OF ORDERS

    The level and timing of orders placed by the Company's customers vary due to
a number of factors, including customer attempts to manage inventory, changes in
the customer's manufacturing strategies and variation in demand for customer
products due to, among other things, technological change, new product
introductions, product life-cycles, competitive conditions or general economic
conditions. Because the Company generally does not obtain long-term production
orders or advance commitments from its customers, it must attempt to anticipate
the future volume of orders based on discussions with its customers. A
substantial portion of sales in a given quarter may depend on obtaining orders
for products to be manufactured and shipped in the same quarter in which those
orders are received. The Company relies on its estimate of

                                      -23-
<PAGE>
 
anticipated future volumes when making commitments regarding the level of
business that it will seek and accept, the mix of products that it intends to
manufacture, the timing of production schedules and the levels and utilization
of personnel and other resources. A variety of conditions, both specific to the
individual customer and generally affecting the customer's industry, may cause
customers to cancel, reduce or delay orders that were previously made or
anticipated. The Company cannot assure the timely replacement of canceled,
delayed or reduced orders. Significant or numerous cancellations, reductions or
delays in orders by a group of customers could materially adversely affect the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operation.


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     The Company's success depends in part on proprietary technology and
manufacturing techniques. The Company has no patents for these proprietary
techniques and chooses to rely primarily on trade secret protection. Litigation
may be necessary to protect the Company's technology, to determine the validity
and scope of the proprietary rights of others. The Company is not aware of any
pending or threatened claims that affect any of the Company's intellectual
property rights. If any infringement claim is asserted against the Company, the
Company may seek to obtain a license of the other party's intellectual property
rights. There is no assurance that a license would be available on reasonable
terms or at all. Litigation with respect to patents or other intellectual
property matters could result in substantial costs and diversion of management
and other resources and could have a material adverse effect on the Company.


RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH A SINGLE MANUFACTURING FACILITY

     The Company produces all of its quick-turn products and most of its other
products in its manufacturing facility located in Anaheim, California, other
than research and development and longer term manufacturing jobs. The Company's
manufacturing processes are highly complex and require sophisticated and costly
equipment. As a result, any prolonged disruption in the operations of the
Company's manufacturing facility, whether due to technical or labor
difficulties, destruction of or damage to this facility or other reasons,
including as a result of a natural disaster such as an earthquake, fire or
flood, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition
or results of operations.


ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

     The Company's operations are regulated under a number of federal, state,
local and foreign environmental laws and regulations, which govern, among other
things, the discharge of hazardous materials into the air and water as well as
the handling, storage and disposal of such materials. Compliance with these
environmental laws are major considerations for all PCB manufacturers because
metals and other hazardous materials are used in the manufacturing process. In
addition, because the Company is a generator of hazardous wastes, the Company,
along with any other person who arranges for the disposal of such wastes, may be
subject to potential financial exposure for costs associated with an
investigation and remediation of sites at which it has arranged for the disposal
of hazardous wastes, if such sites become contaminated. This is true even if the
Company fully complies with applicable environmental laws. Although the Company
believes that its

                                      -24-
<PAGE>
 
facilities are currently in material compliance with applicable environmental
laws, and it monitors its operations to avoid violations arising from human
error or equipment failures, there can be no assurances that violations will not
occur. In the event of a violation of environmental laws, the Company could be
held liable for damages and for the costs of remedial actions and could also be
subject to revocation of its effluent discharge permits. Any such revocations
could require the Company to cease or limit production at one or more of its
facilities, thereby having a material adverse effect on the Company's
operations. Environmental laws could also become more stringent over time,
imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated
with any violation, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company,
its results of operations, prospects or debt service ability.


COMPETITION

     The PCB industry is highly fragmented and characterized by intense
competition. The Company principally competes with independent and captive
manufacturers of complex and quick-turn PCBs. The Company's principal
competitors include other independent small private companies and integrated
subsidiaries of more broadly based volume producers, that also manufacture
multilayer PCBs and other electronic assemblies. Some of the Company's principal
competitors are less highly-leveraged than the Company and may have greater
financial and operating flexibility. Moreover, the Company may face additional
competitive pressures as a result of changes in technology.

     Competition in the complex and quick-turn PCB industry has increased due to
the consolidation trend in the industry, which results in potentially better
capitalized and more effective competitors. The Company's basic technology is
generally not subject to significant proprietary protection, and companies with
significant resources or international operations may enter the market.
Increased competition could result in price reductions, reduced margins or loss
of market share, any of which could materially adversely affect the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.


DEPENDENCE ON KEY MANAGEMENT

     The Company's success will continue to depend to a significant extent on
its executive and other key management personnel. Although the Company has
entered into employment agreements with certain of its executive officers, there
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to retain its executive
officers and key personnel or attract additional qualified management in the
future.


CONTROLLING STOCKHOLDERS

     The Bain Capital Funds hold approximately 50.3% of the outstanding voting
stock of Holdings, the sole stockholder of Details Capital. In addition, the
Bain Capital Funds and all of Holdings' other stockholders have entered into a
stockholders agreement regarding, among other things, the voting of such stock.
By virtue of such stock ownership and these agreements, the Bain Capital Funds
have the power to control all matters submitted to stockholders of the Company,

                                      -25-
<PAGE>
 
to elect a majority of the directors of Holdings and its subsidiaries, and to
exercise control over the business, policies and affairs of the Company.


ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The information required by this Item 8 is set forth on pages F-1 to F-21 of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is hereby incorporated into this Item 8.


ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN ACCOUNTANTS

     On December 16, 1997, the Company notified McGladrey & Pullen, LLP that
they would be dismissed as independent accountants of the Company effective
December 31, 1997. On January 1, 1998, the Company notified Price Waterhouse LLP
that it would be engaged as the Company's new principal independent accountant
to audit the Company's financial statements. The Company and its Board of
Directors selected Price Waterhouse LLP based primarily on the fact that Price
Waterhouse LLP typically serves as independent accountants for portfolio
companies of certain of Holdings' shareholders. The Company's former
accountants, McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, were considered for the engagement but
were not selected.

     In connection with the audits of the two fiscal years ended December 31,
1996, there were no disagreements with McGladrey & Pullen, LLP on any matter of
accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing
scope or procedures, which disagreements if not resolved to their satisfaction
would have caused them to make reference in their opinion to the subject matter
of the disagreement. The audit report of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP on the
consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1995, did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of
opinion, nor were they qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or
accounting principles. A letter from McGladrey & Pullen, LLP to that effect is
incorporated by reference as Exhibit 16.1 hereto.


PART III

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

MANAGEMENT

     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Directors
and executive officers of Details, Details Capital and Holdings, including their
respective ages, as of March 1, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                   Age  Position
- ----                   ---  --------
<S>                    <C>  <C>
Bruce D. McMaster.....  36  President and Director of Holdings,
                            Details Capital and Details
</TABLE> 

                                      -26-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>...................  <C> <C>
Joseph P. Gisch.......  41  Chief Financial Officer of Holdings,
                            Details Capital and Details

Lee W. Muse, Jr.......  41  Vice President, Sales and Marketing of
                            Holdings, Details Capital and Details

Terry L. Wright.......  38  Vice President, Engineering of Holdings,
                            Details Capital and Details

Michael P. Moisan.....  43  Vice President, Operations of Holdings,
                            Details Capital and Details

James S. Marcelli.....  50  Vice President of Details

Edward W. Conard......  41  Director of Holdings, Details Capital
                            and Details

Stephen M. Zide.......  37  Vice President and Director of Holdings,
                            Details Capital and Details

Prescott Ashe.........  30  Vice President and Director of Holdings,
                            Details Capital and Details

Christopher Behrens...  37  Director of Holdings, Details Capital
                            and Details
</TABLE>

     Bruce D. McMaster joined Details in 1985 and has served as President since
1991 and as a Director since the Recapitalization.  Prior to joining the
Company, Mr. McMaster was employed by Multiplex, Inc., a PCB manufacturer, where
he was Production Supervisor for its factory.

     Joseph P. Gisch has served as Chief Financial Officer since 1995.  From
1986 to 1995, Mr. Gisch was a partner at the accounting firm of McGladrey &
Pullen, LLP where he was responsible for the audit, accounting and information
systems for a variety of manufacturing clients.  Mr. Gisch was responsible for
general accounting and income tax matters for Details. Mr. Gisch has not been
responsible for any audit services for Details since 1991.

     Lee W. Muse, Jr. joined Details in 1989 and has served as Vice President,
Sales and Marketing since 1992.  Prior to 1989, Mr. Muse was employed by Metro-
Circuits, Inc., a PCB manufacturer, where he served as both the East and West
Coast Regional Sales Manager.

     Terry L. Wright joined Details in 1991 and has served as Vice President,
Engineering since 1995.  Prior to 1991, Mr. Wright was employed as a general
manager at the circuit board manufacturer, Applied Circuit Solutions, Inc.

     Michael P. Moisan has been Vice President, Operations since 1996.  Prior to
joining Details in October 1996, Mr. Moisan was employed by Circuit-Wise, Inc.,
a PCB manufacturer, 

                                      -27-
<PAGE>
 
as Director of Technology & Engineering. From 1987 to 1995 Mr. Moisan was
employed by AMP-AKZO, Inc., a PCB manufacturer, most recently as Director of
Operations.

     James S. Marcelli joined Details and has been Vice President of Details
since 1997.  Mr. Marcelli has been President of NTI since 1991.

     Edward W. Conard has served as a Director since the Recapitalization.  He
has been a Managing Director of Bain Capital, Inc. since March 1993.  From 1990
to 1992, Mr. Conard was a director of Wasserstein Perella, an investment banking
firm that specializes in mergers and acquisitions.  Previously, he was a Vice
President at Bain & Company, where he headed the firm's operations practice
area.  Mr. Conard also serves as a director of Waters Corporation.

     Stephen M. Zide has served as Vice President and a Director since the
Recapitalization. Mr. Zide has been an Associate at Bain Capital, Inc. since
August 1997.  Previously, he was a partner at the law firm of Kirkland & Ellis
from 1992 to 1995.

     Prescott Ashe has served as Vice President and a Director since the
Recapitalization.  Mr. Ashe has been an Associate at Bain Capital, Inc. since
December 1992.  Previously, he worked as an analyst at Bain Capital, Inc. and as
a consultant at Bain & Company.

     Christopher Behrens has served as a Director since the Recapitalization.
He has been a Principal of Chase Capital Partners ("CCP") since 1994.  Prior to
joining CCP, Mr. Behrens was a Vice President in the Merchant Banking Group of
The Chase Manhattan Bank ("Chase") from 1990 to 1994.  Mr. Behrens is also a
director of Portola Packaging and The Pantry in addition to numerous private
companies.

     At present, all Directors are elected and serve until a successor is duly
elected and qualified or until the earlier of his death, resignation or removal.
All members of the Board of Directors of Holdings set forth herein were elected
by class vote pursuant to Holdings' Articles of Incorporation.  There are no
family relationships between any of the Directors or executive officers of
Holdings, Details Capital or Details.  Executive officers of Holdings, Details
Capital and Details are elected by and serve at the discretion of their
respective boards of directors.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation for
the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 of Mr. Swenson, the CEO of
Holdings prior to the Recapitalization, Mr. McMaster, the principal executive
officer of Holdings since the Recapitalization, and the four other most highly
compensated executive officers of Holdings (collectively, the "Named Executive
Officers").

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           ANNUAL COMPENSATION            LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                                                                  AWARDS
<S>                        <C>                            <C>    
</TABLE> 

                                      -28-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                            OTHER         RESTRICTED     SECURITIES
                                                            ANNUAL           STOCK       UNDERLYING         ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL           YEAR   SALARY    BONUS     COMPENSATION        AWARDS         OPTIONS        COMPENSATION
POSITION                             ($)       ($)           ($)              ($)            (#)               ($)
<S>                          <C>   <C>       <C>        <C>               <C>            <C>              <C>
James I. Swenson (1)         1997  497,796   399,204           ---(2)           ---            ---          1,200,000(1)         
  Chief Executive Officer                                                                                      10,503(10)        
                             1996  611,538   400,000           ---(2)           ---            ---             10,397(10)        

Bruce D. McMaster            1997  379,326   356,188     4,580,153(3)       241,026(7)    48,205.1(8)       1,088,558(11)        
  President                                                 23,735(4)                                                            
                                                             3,808(5)                                                            
                             1996  331,250   300,000           ---(2)           ---          781.0(9)             ---            

Joseph P. Gisch              1997  262,847    62,077       651,791(3)        40,171(7)     8,034.2(8)         155,198(11)        
  Chief Financial Officer                                    3,384(4)                                                            
                                                             2,195(5)                                                            
                             1996  246,693    50,286           ---(2)           ---          111.0(9)             ---            

Lee W. Muse, Jr.             1997  314,769   356,188     3,810,922(3)       187,464(7)    37,492.8(8)         905,802(11)        
  Vice President, Sales                                     19,750(4)                                                            
                                                               891(5)                                                            
                             1996  254,807   300,000           ---(2)           ---          649.0(9)             ---            

Terry L. Wright              1997  147,208    99,126       957,134(3)        66,952(7)    13,390.3(8)         227,720(11)        
  Vice President,                                            4,965(4)                                                            
   Engineering                                               1,227(5)                                                            
                             1996  127,502    75,000           ---(2)           ---          162.0(9)             ---            

Michael P. Moisan            1997  140,000    36,334         1,389(5)           ---           20.0(9)             ---            
  Vice President,                                            7,500(6)                                                            
   Operations                1996   21,538       ---        20,000(6)           ---            ---                ---
</TABLE>

     ______________________
     (1)  Mr. Swenson resigned effective October 28, 1997 in connection with the
          Recapitalization and received approximately $1.2 million in connection
          with the termination of his employment agreement.
     (2)  The perquisites and other benefits paid did not exceed the lesser of
          $50,000 or 10% of the total annual salary and bonus of such Named
          Executive Officer.
     (3)  Reflects amounts paid to certain Named Executive Officers to satisfy
          certain tax obligations incurred in connection with the exercise of
          options to purchase shares of Old Common in connection with the
          Recapitalization.
     (4)  Reflects the grant of 4,747.0, 676.8, 3,950.0, and 993.1 shares of
          Class A Common to Mr. McMaster, Mr. Gisch, Mr. Muse, and Mr. Wright,
          respectively, as compensation for services rendered.
     (5)  Reflects payments made in connection with the use of a personal
          automobile.
     (6)  Reflects the reimbursement of certain moving expenses.
     (7)  Reflects the purchase of 50,620.2, 8,436.7, 39,371.3 and 14,061.2
          shares of restricted Class A Common by Mr. McMaster, Mr. Gisch, Mr.
          Muse and Mr. Wright, respectively, at a purchase price of $5.00 per
          share and the subsequent repurchase by Holdings from each of Mr.
          McMaster, Mr. Gisch, Mr. Muse and Mr. Wright of 2,415.2, 402.5,
          1,878.5 and 670.9 shares of restricted Class A Common, respectively,
          at a purchase price of $5.00 per share in connection with the NTI
          acquisition. These Named Executive Officers purchased these shares by
          issuing an interest bearing note to the Company. The outstanding
          principal amounts of the interest bearing notes of such Named

                                      -29-
<PAGE>
 
          Executive Officers were reduced by approximately $12,076, $2,013,
          $9,392 and $3,354, respectively, to reflect the repurchase by Holdings
          of the shares of restricted Class A Common, as described above, in
          connection with the NTI Acquisition. See "Certain Relationships and
                              ---------------
          Related Transactions -- Certain Loans and Payments to Named Executive
          Officers." The restricted stock vests in 48 equal monthly installments
          beginning November 28, 1997. Holdings has the right to repurchase the
          restricted shares of Class A Common held by a Named Executive Officer
          for the original purchase price in the event that the Named Executive
          Officer ceases to be employed by the Company.
     (8)  The options represent the net number of options to purchase shares of
          Class A Common at an exercise price of $61.17 per share, substantially
          above the current fair market value of the Class A Common ($5.00 per
          share), issued in connection with the Recapitalization after
          accounting for the reduction in the number of shares available upon
          exercise of the options as described below. The options vest in 48
          equal monthly installments beginning November 28, 1997. In connection
          with the NTI acquisition, Mr. McMaster, Mr. Gisch, Mr. Muse and Mr.
                   ---------------
          Wright agreed to permit Holdings to cancel options to purchase
          2,415.2, 402.5, 1,878.5 and 670.9 shares of Class A Common,
          respectively, at an exercise price of $61.17 per share.
     (9)  The options represent options to purchase shares of Old Common at an
          exercise price of $2,179 per share. In connection with the
          Recapitalization: (i) unvested options to purchase approximately
          630.6, 89.6, 523.5, and 130.7 shares of Old Common at an exercise
          price of $2,179 held by Mr. McMaster, Mr. Gisch, Mr. Muse, and Mr.
          Wright, respectively, became vested and were exercised, and (ii) as
          part of the Management Rollover Equity, unvested options to purchase
          approximately 150.5, 21.4, 125.2, 31.5 and 20.0 shares of Old Common
          at an exercise price of $2,179 held by Mr. McMaster, Mr. Gisch, Mr.
          Muse, Mr. Wright and Mr. Moisan, respectively, became vested and
          converted into options to purchase approximately 34,012.3, 4,849.2,
          28,302.0, 7,115.2 and 4,520.7 shares of Class A Common, respectively,
          at an exercise price of $0.96 per share and options to purchase
          approximately 4,203.8, 599.3, 3,498.0, 879.4 and 558.7 shares of Class
          L Common, respectively, at an exercise price of $70.19 per share. The
          fair market value of the Old Common on the date of the
          Recapitalization was $11,800 per share.
     (10) Reflects certain life insurance benefits paid by Holdings on behalf of
          Mr. Swenson.
     (11) Reflects bonuses earned by certain of the Named Executive Officers in
          connection with the Recapitalization that are payable on the third
          anniversary of the Recapitalization whether or not such Named
          Executive Officer is still employed by the Company.

                                      -30-
<PAGE>
 
OPTION GRANTS

     The following table sets forth information concerning grants of options to
purchase common stock of Holdings made to the Named Executive Officers during
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                         OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL 1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE AT
                                                                                      ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
                                                                                       PRICE APPRECIATION FOR OPTION
                             INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                                    TERM (5)

                                           PERCENT
                                          OF TOTAL
                       NUMBER OF           OPTIONS
                       SECURITIES        GRANTED TO         EXERCISE
                       UNDERLYING       EMPLOYEES IN        PRICE PER
                        OPTIONS          FISCAL 1997          SHARE     EXPIRATION
NAME                  GRANTED (#) (1)      (%)(4)              ($)         DATE           5% ($)      10%($)      28.5%       
                                                                                                                 ($)(6)    
<S>                   <C>               <C>               <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>             
James I. Swenson               ----           ----            ----         ----         ----          ----           ---
Bruce D. McMaster          48,205.1(2)        45.0           61.17         2007         ----          ----            0
Joseph P. Gisch             8,034.2(2)         7.5           61.17         2007         ----          ----            0
Lee W. Muse, Jr.           37,492.8(2)        35.0           61.17         2007         ----          ----            0
Terry L. Wright            13,390.3(2)        12.5           61.17         2007         ----          ----            0
Michael P. Moisan              20.0(3)        32.8        2,179.00         2007       27,407        69,455           ---
</TABLE>

     __________________________
     (1)  In connection with the Recapitalization:  (i) unvested options to
          purchase approximately 630.6, 89.6, 523.5, and 130.7 shares of Old
          Common at an exercise price of $2,179 held by Mr. McMaster, Mr. Gisch,
          Mr. Muse, and Mr. Wright, respectively, became vested and were
          exercised, and (ii) as part of the Management Rollover Equity,
          unvested options to purchase approximately 150.5, 21.4, 125.2, 31.5
          and 20.0 shares of Old Common at an exercise price of $2,179 held by
          Mr. McMaster, Mr. Gisch, Mr. Muse, Mr. Wright and Mr. Moisan,
          respectively, became vested and converted into options to purchase
          approximately 34,012.3, 4,849.2, 28,302.0, 7,115.2 and 4,520.7 shares
          of Class A Common, respectively, at an exercise price of $0.96 per
          share and options to purchase approximately 4,203.8, 599.3, 3,498.0,
          879.4 and 558.7 shares of Class L Common, respectively, at an exercise
          price of $70.19 per share. All such options, other than Mr. Moisan's,
          were originally granted in 1996 and are excluded from the table.
     (2)  Represents the net number of options to purchase shares of Class A
          Common after giving effect to the reduction in the number of shares
          available upon exercise of the options as described below. The options
          vest in 48 equal monthly installments beginning November 28, 1997. In
          connection with the NTI acquisition, Mr. McMaster, Mr. Gisch, Mr.
                              ---------------
          Muse, and Mr. Wright permitted the Company to cancel options to
          purchase 2,415.2, 402.5, 1,878.5, and 670.9 shares, respectively, of
          Class A Common at an exercise price of $61.17 per share.

                                      -31-
<PAGE>
 
     (3)  Represents options to purchase shares of Old Common.  In connection
          with the Recapitalization, such options were rolled over as part of
          the Management Rollover Equity and converted into options to purchase
          approximately 4,520.7 shares of Class A Common at an exercise price of
          $0.96 per share and options to purchase approximately 558.7 shares of
          Class L Common at an exercise price of $70.19 per share.
     (4)  Percentages are based upon the total number of options to purchase
          shares of Class A Common or Old Common, as the case may be, granted to
          employees in fiscal 1997.
     (5)  There is currently no market for the Old Common, the Class A Common or
          the Class L Common of Holdings.  For purposes of the calculations in
          this table, the fair market value of the Old Common ($11,800 per
          share), the Class A Common ($5.00 per share) and the Class L Common
          ($364.09 per share) was determined by the Board of Directors based
          upon the price paid for such shares in the Recapitalization and the
          NTI acquisition. There have been no other arms length sales of the Old
          ---------------
          Common, the Class A Common or the Class L Common since the NTI
                                                                     ---
          acquisition. In accordance with the rules of the Securities and
          -----------
          Exchange Commission, the amounts shown on this table represent
          hypothetical gains that could be achieved for the respective options
          if exercised at the end of the option term. These gains are based on
          assumed rates of stock appreciation of 5% and 10% compounded annually
          from the date the respective options were granted to their expiration
          date. The gains shown are net of the option exercise price, but do not
          include deductions for taxes or other expenses associated with the
          exercise. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises will depend
          on the future performance of the Company's common stock, the
          optionholder's continued employment through the option period, and the
          date on which the options are exercised.
     (6)  28.5% reflects the percentage appreciation, compounded annually from
          the date of grant to the expiration date, by which the exercise price
          exceeded the fair market value at the date of grant.

                                      -32-
<PAGE>
 
     OPTION EXERCISES AND FISCAL YEAR-END VALUES

          The following table sets forth information with respect to options
     awarded under the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan and 1997 Details, Inc.
     Equity Incentive Plan, including the number and aggregate value of
     unexercised options outstanding on December 31, 1997.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                  AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL 1997
                      AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTIONS VALUES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         NUMBER OF SECURITIES            VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                        UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED          IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                     SHARES ACQUIRED                  OPTIONS AT FISCAL YEAR-END            FISCAL YEAR-END
                       ON EXERCISE       VALUE        (EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE)     (EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE)
NAME                       (#)         REALIZED                   (#)                            ($)(3)
                                        ($)(3)
<S>                  <C>               <C>            <C>                             <C>
James I. Swenson              ---            ---                           ---                              ---
Bruce D. McMaster           630.6 (1)  6,073,116           4,203.8(4)/48,205.1(6)                     1,235,507/0
                         34,012.3 (2)    137,277
Joseph P. Gisch              89.6 (1)    862,456              599.3(4)/8,034.2(6)                       176,148/0
                          4,849.2 (2)     19,572
Lee W. Muse, Jr.            523.5 (1)  5,042,214           3,498.0(4)/37,492.8(6)                     1,028,080/0
                         28,302.0 (2)    114,230
Terry L. Wright             130.7 (1)  1,259,061             879.4(4)/13,390.3(6)                       258,461/0
                          7,115.2 (2)     28,717
Michael P. Moisan             ---            ---                       558.7(4)/0                       164,202/0
                                                                     4,520.7(5)/0                        18,264/0
</TABLE>

     _______________________
     (1)  Represents shares of Old Common acquired immediately prior to the
          Recapitalization.  Each share of Old Common was exchanged in the
          Recapitalization for either (a) $11,308 in cash and the right to
          receive a contingent payment of $502, or (b) 226.0 shares of Class A
          Common and 27.9 shares of Class L Common.
     (2)  Represents shares of Class A Common purchased at an exercise price of
          $0.96 per share.  The options to purchase such shares of Class A
          Common replaced options to purchase shares of Old Common that were
          rolled over in connection with the Recapitalization as part of the
          Management Rollover Equity and converted into options to purchase
          shares of Class A Common and shares of Class L Common. The Named
          Executive Officers purchased the shares of Class A Common with the
          proceeds of a loan evidenced by an interest bearing note issued to
          Holdings in satisfaction of the exercise price. See "Certain
          Relationships and Related Transactions -- Certain Loans and Payments
          to Named Executive Officers."
     (3)  Value is based on the difference between the option exercise price and
          the fair market value at December 31, 1997.  The fair market value of
          the Class A Common ($5.00 per share) and the Class L Common ($364.09
          per share) was determined by the Board of Directors based upon the
          price paid for such shares in the Recapitalization and the NTI
          acquisition. There have been no other arms length sales of the Class A
          Common or the Class L Common since the NTI acquisition.

                                      -33-
<PAGE>
 
(4)  Represents options to purchase shares of Class L Common at an exercise     
     price of $70.19 per share. The options to purchase such shares of          
     Class L Common replaced options to purchase shares of Old Common that      
     were rolled over in connection with the Recapitalization as part of        
     the Management Rollover Equity and converted into options to purchase      
     shares of Class A Common and shares of Class L Common.                     
(5)  Represents options to purchase shares of Class A Common at an exercise     
     price of $0.96 per share.  The options to purchase such shares of          
     Class A Common replaced options to purchase shares of Old Common that      
     were rolled over in connection with the Recapitalization as part of        
     the Management Rollover Equity and converted into options to purchase      
     shares of Class A Common and shares of Class L Common.                     
(6)  Represents options to purchase shares of Class A Common at an exercise     
     price of $61.17 per share.  The options vest in 48 equal monthly           
     installments beginning November 28, 1997.                       

STOCK OPTION PLANS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     Prior to the Recapitalization, the Company had two stock option plans, (i)
the 1996 Performance Stock Option Plan (the "1996 Stock Option Plan") under
which the Board was authorized to sell or otherwise issue options to acquire up
to 1,809 shares of Old Common in such quantity, at such price, on such terms and
subject to such conditions as established by the Board, and (ii) the 1996
Employee Stock Option Plan (the "1996 Employee Plan") under which the Board was
authorized to sell or otherwise issue options to acquire up to 260 shares of Old
Common in such quantity, at such price, on such terms and subject to such
conditions as established by the Board.  Under the 1996 Stock Option Plan, the
Board had granted options to acquire 1,703 shares of Old Common and, under the
1996 Employee Plan, the Board had granted options to acquire 247 shares of Old
Common, in each case, at an exercise price of $2,179 per share.

     In connection with the Recapitalization, the Board accelerated the vesting
of all unvested options as of the closing date of the Recapitalization and (i)
of the 1,703 options granted under the 1996 Stock Option Plan, 1,374.4 were
exercised and the remaining 328.6 continue outstanding, and (ii) of the 247
options granted under the 1996 Employee Plan, 64.2 were canceled and redeemed
and 182.8 continue outstanding.  In accordance with the provisions of the
respective plans, upon the effectiveness of the amendment of the Company's
Articles of Incorporation in connection with the Recapitalization, the holder of
each outstanding option became entitled to purchase 226.0 shares of Class A
Common at an exercise price of $0.96 per share and 27.9 shares of Class L Common
at an exercise price of $70.19 per share.  Shortly after the Recapitalization,
certain of the Named Executive Officers elected to exercise their remaining
options to acquire shares of Class A Common under the 1996 Stock Option Plan.
The Company loaned to each such Named Executive Officer sufficient funds to
satisfy the exercise price of such options.

     Immediately after the Recapitalization, the Board of Directors adopted, and
the stockholders approved, the 1997 Details, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the
"1997 Stock Option Plan"), which authorized the granting of stock options and
the sale of Class A Common to current or future employees, directors,
consultants or advisors of Holdings or its subsidiaries.  The Board is
authorized to sell or otherwise issue Class A Common at any time prior to the
termination of the 1997 Stock Option Plan in such quantity, at such price, on
such terms and subject to such conditions as established by the Board up to an
aggregate of 235,000 shares of Class A Common, subject to adjustment upon the
occurrence of certain events to prevent any dilution or expansion of the rights
of participants that might otherwise result from the occurrence of such events.

                                      -34-
<PAGE>
 
Currently there are approximately 10,021 shares of Class A Common available for
grant under the 1997 Stock Option Plan.

     Pursuant to the Recapitalization Agreement, certain of the Named Executive
Officers (i) received approximately $89.1 million, subject to adjustment, in
cash in exchange for shares and options of Holdings held by such Named Executive
Officers that were repurchased in the Recapitalization, (ii) received options
with a net realizable value of approximately $3 million, and (iii) retained
common stock of Holdings with a value of approximately $11.3 million.

     Options to purchase an aggregate of 112,489.4 shares of Class A Common at
an exercise price of $61.17 per share were granted to, and 112,489.4 shares of
Class A Common restricted stock were purchased at $5.00 per share by, certain of
the Named Executive Officers under the 1997 Stock Option Plan in connection with
the Recapitalization.  The Company loaned to each such Named Executive Officer
sufficient funds to purchase such restricted stock.  The restricted stock and
options vest in equal monthly increments over a four year period from the date
of grant or issue, subject to earlier vesting upon certain events, including all
of such shares vesting immediately on a sale of the Company.  The aggregate
exercise price of the options granted under the 1997 Stock Option Plan in
connection with the Recapitalization is approximately $6.9 million. Mr.
McMaster, Mr. Gisch, Mr. Muse and Mr. Wright received loans of approximately
$285,885, $46,856, $224,137 and $77,164, respectively, for the purchase of
restricted shares of Class A Common and the exercise of options to purchase
shares of Class A Common.  The Company has agreed to permit these Named
Executive Officers to repay their respective loan obligations with proceeds
received as deferred purchase price in connection with the Recapitalization.  In
connection with the NTI acquisition, these Named Executive Officers permitted
Holdings to repurchase an aggregate of 5,367 shares of restricted Class A Common
at a purchase price of $5.00 per share and cancel options to purchase an
aggregate of 5,367 shares of Class A Common at an exercise price of $61.17 per
share.  As payment of the repurchase price in connection with the repurchase by
Holdings of the shares of restricted Class A Common, Holdings reduced the
outstanding principal amounts of the interest bearing notes of Mr. McMaster, Mr.
Gisch, Mr. Muse and Mr. Wright by approximately $12,075, $2,013, $9,392 and
$3,354, respectively.


COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     During 1997 until the closing of the Recapitalization, outside directors of
Holdings received $2,500 per meeting attended for serving on the Board of
Directors of Holdings and were reimbursed for their out-of-pocket expenses
incurred in connection with attending board meetings. Details, Details Capital
and Holdings currently pay no compensation to their independent directors, and
pay no additional remuneration to their employees or to executives of Details,
Details Capital or Holdings for serving as directors.

EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS, TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE OF CONTROL
ARRANGEMENTS

     Mr. McMaster is currently employed as President of the Company pursuant to
an agreement dated September 1, 1995, as amended, effective until October 28,
2000.  Under this agreement, Mr. McMaster is entitled to receive an annual
salary of $375,000 in 1997, $425,000 in 1998 and $450,000 in 1999.  In addition,
Mr. McMaster is eligible for an annual bonus based upon the achievement of
EBITDA targets and received an award, pursuant to the agreement, of 

                                      -35-
<PAGE>
 
4,747.0 shares of Class A Common, on the Recapitalization closing date. Mr.
McMaster's employment agreement contains customary confidentiality provisions
and a non-compete clause effective for the duration of the term of the
agreement. In addition, Mr. McMaster will be entitled to receive an additional
bonus of $1,088,558 in consideration of prior services which will be payable on
the third anniversary of the Recapitalization whether or not he is still
employed by the Company.

     Mr. Gisch is currently employed as Chief Financial Officer of the Company
pursuant to an agreement dated September 19, 1995, as amended, effective until
October 28, 2000.  Under this agreement, Mr. Gisch is entitled to receive an
annual salary of $252,000 in 1997, $265,000 in 1998 and $275,000 in 1999.  In
addition, Mr. Gisch is eligible for an annual bonus based upon the achievement
of EBITDA targets and received an award, pursuant to the agreement, of 676.8
shares of Class A Common on the Recapitalization closing date.  Mr. Gisch's
employment agreement contains customary confidentiality provisions.  In
addition, Mr. Gisch will be entitled to receive an additional bonus of $155,198
in consideration of prior services which will be payable on the third
anniversary of the Recapitalization whether or not he is still employed by the
Company.

     Mr. Muse is currently employed as Vice President, Sales and Marketing of
the Company pursuant to an agreement dated September 1, 1995, as amended,
effective until October 28, 2000. Under this agreement, Mr. Muse is entitled to
receive an annual salary of $300,000 in 1997, $350,000 in 1998 and $375,000 in
1999.  In addition, Mr. Muse is eligible for an annual bonus based upon the
achievement of EBITDA targets and received an award, pursuant to the agreement,
of 3,950.0 shares of Class A Common on the Recapitalization closing date.  Mr.
Muse's employment agreement contains customary confidentiality provisions and a
non-compete clause effective for the duration of the term of the agreement.  In
addition, Mr. Muse will be entitled to receive an additional bonus of $905,802
in consideration of prior services which will be payable on the third
anniversary of the Recapitalization whether or not he is still employed by the
Company.

     Mr. Wright is currently employed as Vice President, Engineering of the
Company pursuant to an agreement dated September 1, 1995, as amended, effective
until October 28, 2000.  Under this agreement, Mr. Wright is entitled to receive
an annual salary of $140,000 in 1997, $155,000 in 1998 and $170,000 in 1999.  In
addition, Mr. Wright is eligible for an annual bonus based upon the achievement
of EBITDA targets and received an award, pursuant to the agreement, of 993.1
shares of Class A Common on the Recapitalization closing date.  Mr. Wright's
employment agreement contains customary confidentiality provisions and a non-
compete clause effective for the duration of the term of the agreement.  In
addition, Mr. Wright will be entitled to receive an additional bonus of $227,720
in consideration of prior services which will be payable on the third
anniversary of the Recapitalization whether or not he is still employed by the
Company.

     Base salaries for Mr. McMaster, Mr. Gisch, Mr. Muse and Mr. Wright on or
after January 1, 2000 will be established by the Company at a level that equals
or exceeds base salaries for 1999.

     Mr. Moisan is currently employed as Vice President, Operations of the
Company.  Mr. Moisan does not have an employment agreement with the Company.
Pursuant to an Employee Incentive Compensation Plan dated January 2, 1997
between Details and Mr. Moisan, Mr. Moisan 

                                      -36-
<PAGE>
 
was entitled to receive an annual bonus in 1997 based upon the achievement of
certain sales forecasts. Pursuant to the plan, Mr. Moisan received an annual
bonus in 1997 equal to $36,334.

     In connection with the Recapitalization, Mr. Swenson resigned effective
October 28, 1997 and received approximately $1.2 million in connection with the
termination of his employment agreement. Certain of the other Named Executive
Officers received a bonus payment of $10 million in the aggregate from Holdings
to satisfy certain tax obligations incurred in connection with the
Recapitalization.


COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

     Holdings does not have a compensation committee.  Instead, compensation
decisions for 1997 regarding Holdings' executive officers were made by the Board
of Directors.  Mr. Swenson, an executive officer of Holdings prior to the
Recapitalization, served on the Board of Directors prior to the
Recapitalization.  Mr. McMaster, an executive officer of Holdings, has served on
the Board of Director since the Recapitalization.  The compensation for Mr.
Swenson and Mr. McMaster for the year ended December 31, 1997 was established
pursuant to the terms of their respective employment agreements with 
Holdings.


ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

     All of Details Capital's issued and outstanding capital stock is owned by
Holdings.  As of March 1, 1998, the outstanding equity securities of Holdings
consisted of 2,090,776.6 shares of Class A Common and 233,593.7 shares of Class
L Common.  The Class A Common consists of six separate classes (A-1 through A-
6), which have different rights with respect to the election of directors.  All
of the shares of Class A Common entitle the holder to one vote per share on all
matters to be voted upon by the stockholders of Holdings except for Class A-6,
which is nonvoting.  The Class L Common is identical to the Class A Common
except that the Class L Common is nonvoting and is entitled to a preference over
the Class A Common with respect to any distribution by Holdings to holders of
its capital stock equal to the original cost of such shares ($364.09) plus an
amount which accrues on a daily basis at a rate of 12% per annum, compounded
quarterly.  The Class L Common is convertible into Class A Common upon a vote of
a majority of the holders of the outstanding Class L Common at any time.

     The following table sets forth certain information as of March 1, 1998
regarding the beneficial ownership of (i) each class of voting securities of
Holdings by each person known to Holdings to own more than 5% of any class of
outstanding voting securities of Holdings, and (ii) the equity securities of
Holdings by each Director of Holdings, each Named Executive Officer and all of
Holdings' directors and executive officers as a group. To the knowledge of
Holdings, each such stockholder has sole voting and investment power as to the
shares shown unless otherwise

                                      -37-
<PAGE>
 
noted.  Beneficial ownership of the securities listed in the table has been
determined in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                           -------------------------
                                             CLASS A COMMON STOCK          CLASS L COMMON STOCK
                                             --------------------          --------------------
                                             NUMBER     PERCENTAGE         NUMBER    PERCENTAGE
            NAME AND ADDRESS                OF SHARES    OF CLASS         OF SHARES   OF CLASS
            ----------------                ---------   ----------        ---------  ----------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>               <C>        <C>
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS:
Bain Capital Funds (1)...............      1,065,497.2        48.1%       131,690.7     51.3%
  c/o Bain Capital, Inc.
  Two Copley Place
  Boston, Massachusetts 02116

Chase Manhattan Capital, L.P.(2).....        386,912.0        17.5         47,820.6     18.6
  380 Madison Avenue
  12th Floor
  New York, New York 10017

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS:
James I. Swenson (3).................              ___         ___              ___      ___
Bruce D. McMaster(4).................        208,614.7         9.4         18,494.5      7.2
Joseph P. Gisch (5)..................         30,417.0         1.4          2,554.9      1.0
Lee W. Muse(6).......................        151,015.6         6.8         12,963.5      5.1
Terry L. Wright(7)...................         40,464.0         1.8          3,016.6      1.2
Michael P. Moisan(8).................          4,520.7          *             558.7       *
Christopher Behrens(9)...............        386,912.0        17.5         47,820.6     18.6
Edward Conard(10)....................      1,065,497.2        48.1        131,690.7     51.3
Stephen M. Zide(11)..................        230,595.8        10.4         28,493.1     11.1
Prescott Ashe(11)....................        230,595.8        10.4         28,493.1     11.1
All Directors and executive officers as
 a group (10 persons)(12)............        475,286.7        21.4         41,355.3     16.1
</TABLE>
 
____________________________

  *  Represents less than one percent.
 (1) Includes shares of Class A Common and Class L Common held by Bain Capital
     Fund V, L.P., ("Fund V"); Bain Capital Fund V-B, L.P. ("Fund V-B"); BCIP
     Associates ("BCIP"); and BCIP Trust Associates, L.P. ("BCIP Trust" and
     collectively with Fund V, Fund V-B and BCIP, the "Bain Capital Funds").
     Does not include shares owned by other stockholders that are subject to the
     Stockholders Agreement.  See "Certain Relationships and Related
     Transactions -- Stockholders Agreement."

                                      -38-
<PAGE>
 
 (2) Consists of shares owned by CMC and DI Investors, L.L.C.  CMC is the
     managing member of DI Investors, L.L.C. and owns a majority of the
     interests therein.  Accordingly, CMC may be deemed to beneficially own
     shares owned by DI Investors, L.L.C.  CMC disclaims beneficial ownership of
     any such shares in which it does not have a pecuniary interest.
 (3) Mr. Swenson's employment with Holdings and the Company terminated on
     October 28, 1997.
 (4) The shares of Class A Common included in the table include 48,205.1 shares,
     which are subject to vesting and 6,025.6 shares that can be acquired upon
     the exercise of outstanding options.  The shares of Class L Common included
     in the table include 4,203.8 shares that can be acquired upon the exercise
     of outstanding options.
 (5) The shares of Class A Common included in the table include 8,034.2 shares,
     which are subject to vesting and 1,004.3 shares that can be acquired upon
     the exercise of outstanding options.  The shares of Class L Common included
     in the table include 599.3 shares that can be acquired upon the exercise of
     outstanding options.
 (6) The shares of Class A Common included in the table include 37,492.8 shares,
     which are subject to vesting and 4,686.6 shares that can be acquired upon
     the exercise of outstanding options.  The shares of Class L Common included
     in the table include 3,498.0 shares that can be acquired upon the exercise
     of outstanding options.
 (7) The shares of Class A Common included in the table include 13,390.3 shares,
     which are subject to vesting and 1,673.8 shares that can be acquired upon
     the exercise of outstanding options.  The shares of Class L Common included
     in the table include 879.4 shares that can be acquired upon the exercise of
     outstanding options.
 (8) The shares of Class A Common included in the table include 4,520.7 shares
     that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.  The shares
     of Class L Common included in the table include 558.7 shares that can be
     acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.
 (9) Mr. Behrens is a Principal of CCP, the general partner of CMC and,
     accordingly, may be deemed to beneficially own shares owned by CMC.  Mr.
     Behrens disclaims beneficial ownership of any such shares in which he does
     not have a pecuniary interest.  The address of Mr. Behrens is c/o Chase
     Capital Partners, 380 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor, New York, New York 10017.
(10) Mr. Conard is a Managing Director of Bain Capital, Inc. and a limited
     partner of Bain Capital Partners V, L.P., the sole general partner of Fund
     V and Fund V-B.  Mr. Conard is a general partner of BCIP and BCIP Trust
     and, accordingly, may be deemed to beneficially own shares owned by such
     funds. Mr. Conard disclaims beneficial ownership of any such shares in
     which he does not have a pecuniary interest.  The address of Mr. Conard is
     c/o Bain Capital, Inc., Two Copley Place, Boston, Massachusetts  02116.
(11) The shares of Class A Common and Class L Common included in the table
     represent shares held by BCIP.  Messrs. Zide and Ashe are each Associates
     of Bain Capital, Inc. and are partners of BCIP and limited partners of BCIP
     Trust and, accordingly, may be deemed to beneficially own shares owned by
     such funds.  Each such person disclaims beneficial ownership of any such
     shares in which he does not have a pecuniary interest.  The address of each
     such person is c/o Bain Capital, Inc., Two Copley Place, Boston,
     Massachusetts 02116.
(12) Excludes shares deemed to be beneficially owned by Messrs. Conard, Zide,
     Ashe and Behrens.


ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

     The following summary of the Recapitalization Agreement, the Stockholders
Agreement and the Management Agreement is a description of the material
provisions of those agreements and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety
by reference to, those agreements, each of which has been previously filed with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission").

                                      -39-
<PAGE>
 
RECAPITALIZATION AGREEMENT

     The Recapitalization Agreement contains customary provisions for such
agreements, including representations and warranties with respect to the
condition and operations of the business, covenants with respect to the conduct
of the business prior to the Recapitalization closing date and various closing
conditions, including the obtaining of financing and the continued accuracy of
representations and warranties. In addition, Holdings agreed to pay to the
equity holders immediately prior to the Recapitalization amounts received as a
result of tax benefits realized in connection with the Recapitalization.

     Subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the Recapitalization
Agreement contains indemnification provisions binding on the Company after the
Recapitalization closing date. Specifically, Holdings has agreed to indemnify
each stockholder party to the Recapitalization Agreement against any and all
liabilities resulting from (i) any misrepresentation or breach of warranty made
by DIA in the Recapitalization Agreement and (ii) any breach or default in
performance by Holdings of any covenant or agreement contained in the
Recapitalization Agreement, after the Recapitalization.

     Subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the equity holders
immediately prior to the Recapitalization have agreed to indemnify the Company
and its officers, directors, employees and agents on a pro rata basis against
any and all liabilities resulting from (i) any misrepresentation or breach of
warranty by such stockholders in the Recapitalization Agreement and (ii) any
breach or default in performance by the Company, prior to the Effective Time, of
such covenant or agreement (as described in the Recapitalization Agreement).


STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

     In connection with the Recapitalization, the Bain Capital Funds,
management, CMC and all of the other stockholders and optionholders of Holdings
entered into a stockholders agreement (the "Stockholders Agreement"), that,
among other things, provides for tag-along rights, drag-along rights,
registration rights, restrictions on the transfer of shares held by parties to
the Stockholders Agreement and certain preemptive rights for certain
stockholders including the Bain Capital Funds, management and CMC. The
Stockholders Agreement also provides that the parties thereto will vote their
shares in the same manner as the Bain Capital Funds in connection with certain
transactions and that the Bain Capital Funds will be entitled to fix the number
of directors of Holdings. Pursuant to Holdings' charter, the Bain Capital Funds
will be entitled to designate a sufficient number of directors to maintain a
majority of the board of directors of Holdings and each of management and CMC
will be entitled to designate one director.


MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

     Pursuant to a management agreement among Bain Capital Partners V, L.P.
("Bain"), Holdings and Details (the "Management Agreement"), Bain is entitled to
a management fee when, and if, it provides advisory services to Holdings or the
Company in connection with potential business acquisitions.  Beginning on the
first anniversary of the Recapitalization, Bain may, upon the request of
Holdings or the Company, perform certain management consulting services at

                                      -40-
<PAGE>
 
Bain's customary rates plus reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket
expenditures.  In addition, Bain will receive a fee in an amount which will
approximate 1% of the gross purchase price of any senior financing transaction
for any acquisition, recapitalization or refinancing transaction (including
assumed debt).  In connection with the Recapitalization, Bain received a
transaction fee of approximately $3.1 million.  In connection with the NTI
acquisition, Bain received a transaction fee of approximately $380,000.  The
Management Agreement continues in full force and effect, unless and until
terminated by mutual consent of the parties, or until terminated as a result of
a breach of the Management Agreement.  The Management Agreement includes
customary indemnification provisions in favor of Bain.


CERTAIN INTERESTS OF THE FORMER CEO

     The Company leases the buildings and certain equipment located at its
Anaheim, California facility pursuant to lease arrangements entered into with
the Swenson Family Trust, a trust controlled by the Company's founder and former
shareholder, James I. Swenson, and his wife. Under the terms of these leases,
the Company paid approximately $104,000 per month in 1997 as base rent subject
to applicable adjustment based upon changes in the consumer price index.  The
leases have a remaining term of 8 years with an option to renew for an
additional 10 years or to purchase the property at fair market value upon
expiration.  See "Description of Property."


CERTAIN LOANS AND PAYMENTS TO NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     In connection with the exercise of options to purchase shares of Class A
Common granted in connection with the Recapitalization at an exercise price of
$0.96 per share and the purchase of shares of restricted Class A Common at a
price of $5.00 per share, Holdings accepted as payment from each Named Executive
Officer purchasing such shares a note bearing interest at 5.57% per annum.  Mr.
McMaster, Mr. Gisch, Mr. Muse and Mr. Wright received loans of approximately
$285,885, $46,856, $224,137 and $77,164, respectively.  The principal amounts of
such notes were reduced to approximately $273,806, $44,844, $214,742, and
$73,810, respectively, in connection with the repurchase by Holdings of certain
shares of restricted Class A Common at a price of $5.00 per share in connection
with the NTI acquisition.  The Company has agreed to permit the Named Executive
         ---------------
Officers to repay their respective loan obligations with proceeds received as
deferred purchase price in connection with the Recapitalization.

     In addition, in connection with the exercise of options to purchase shares
of Class L Common, the Company has agreed to pay each Named Executive Officer an
amount sufficient to satisfy certain of such Named Executive Officer's tax
obligations arising out of the exercise of such options and the receipt of such
payment from the Company.

RELATED PARTY PAYMENTS

     In connection with the Recapitalization and related transactions and the
Offerings, CMC, a shareholder of Holdings, and its affiliates Chase and Chase
Securities Inc. were paid fees and expenses aggregating approximately $16
million and CMC and Chase received common stock purchase warrants valued at
approximately $3.4 million.

             
                                     -41-

<PAGE>
 
PART IV


ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)(1)  Financial Statements

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Price Waterhouse LLP Report of Independent Accountants                    F-1

McGladrey & Pullen LLP Independent Auditor's Report                       F-2
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996              F-3
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31,    F-4
1997, 1996 and 1995
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the         F-5
Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended                 F-6
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                F-7

(a)(2)  Financial Statement Schedules.

        Not applicable.

(a)(3)  Exhibits.
</TABLE> 

     Certain of the following exhibits have been previously filed with the
Commission pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act. Such exhibits are
identified by the parenthetical references following the listing of each such
exhibit and are incorporated herein by reference.

                                      -42-
<PAGE>
 


EXHIBIT                  DESCRIPTION
- -------                  -----------

3.1     Details Capital Corp. Articles of Incorporation, as amended. (Previously
        filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Registration Statement No. 333-41187, as
        amended)
3.2     Details Capital Corp. By-laws. (Previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to
        Registration Statement No. 333-41187, as amended)
3.3     Details, Inc. Articles of Incorporation, as amended. (Previously filed
        as Exhibit 3.1 to Registration Statement No. 333-41211, as amended)
3.4     Details, Inc. By-laws.  (Previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Registration
        Statement No. 333-41211, as amended)
4.1     Indenture dated as of November 18, 1997. (Previously filed as Exhibit
        4.1 to Registration Statement No. 333-41187, as amended)
4.2     Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 10, 1998. (Previously filed
        as Exhibit 4.2 to Registration Statement No. 333-41187, as amended)
4.3     Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 18,
        1997. (Previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Registration Statement No.
        333-41187, as amended)
4.4     Indenture dated as of November 18, 1997. (Previously filed as Exhibit
        4.1 to Registration Statement No. 333-41211)
4.5     Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 18,
        1997. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Registration Statement No. 333-
        41211, as amended)
10.1    First Amendment dated as of December 5, 1997 to Credit Agreement dated
        as of October 28, 1997.
10.2    Credit Agreement dated as of October 28, 1997, as Amended and Restated
        as of December 5, 1997.
10.3    Management Agreement dated October 28, 1997. (Previously filed as
        Exhibit 10.6 to Registration Statement No. 333-41187, as amended)
10.4    Amended and Restated Recapitalization Agreement dated as of October 4,
        1997. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registration Statement No.
        333-41187, as amended)
10.5    Stockholders Agreement dated October 28, 1997. (Previously filed as
        Exhibit 10.3 to Registration Statement No. 333-41187, as amended)
10.6    1997 Details, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan. (Previously filed as Exhibit
        10.7 to Registration Statement No. 333-41187, as amended)
10.7    1996 Employee Stock Option Plan dated December 31, 1996. (Previously
        filed as Exhibit 10.8 to Registration Statement No. 333-41187, as
        amended)
10.8    1996 Performance Stock Option Plan dated December 31, 1996. (Previously
        filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Registration Statement No. 333-41187, as
        amended)
10.9    Real Property Master Lease Agreement dated January 1, 1996. (Previously
        filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Registration Statement No. 333-41187, as
        amended)
10.10   Personal Property Master Lease Agreement dated January 1, 1996.
        (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Registration Statement No. 333-
        41187, as amended)
10.11   McMaster Employment Agreement dated September 1, 1995, as amended
        October 28, 1997. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.10 to Registration
        Statement No. 333-41187, as amended)
10.12   Gisch Employment Agreement dated September 19, 1995 as amended October
        28, 1997. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.11 to Registration Statement
        No. 333-41187, as amended)
10.13   Muse Employment Agreement dated September 1, 1995, as amended October
        28, 1997. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Registration Statement
        No. 333-41187, as amended)


                                      -43-
<PAGE>

10.14   Wright Employment Agreement dated September 1, 1995, as amended
        October 28, 1997. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Registration
        Statement No. 333-41187, as amended)
10.15   NTI Stock Purchase Agreement dated December 19, 1997. (Previously filed
        as Exhibit 10.4 to Registration Statement No. 333-41187, as amended)
10.16   Marcelli Employment Agreement dated December 19, 1997. (Previously filed
        as Exhibit 10.15 to Registration Statement No. 333-41187, as amended)
10.17   NTI Real Property Lease Agreement dated as of June 15, 1994. (Previously
        filed as Exhibit 10.16 to Registration Statement No. 333-41187, as
        amended)
10.18   NTI Real Property Lease Agreement dated as of June 15, 1994. (Previously
        filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Registration Statement No. 333-41187, as
        amended)
10.19   NTI Real Property Lease Agreement dated as of June 15, 1994. (Previously
        filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Registration Statement No. 333-41187, as
        amended)
10.20   Employee Incentive Compensation Plan dated January 2, 1997 between
        Details, Inc. and Michael P. Moisan.
12.1    Details Capital Corp. and Details, Inc. statement re: computation of
        ratio of earnings to fixed charges.
16.1    Letter of McGladrey & Pullen LLP re: change of accountant. (Previously
        filed as Exhibit 16.1 to Registration Statement No. 333-41187, as
        amended)
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrants
25.1    Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 of State Street Bank and Trust
        Company as Trustee. (Previously filed as Exhibit 25.1 to Registration
        Statement No. 333-41187, as amended)
25.2    Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 of State Street Bank and Trust
        Company as Trustee. (Previously filed as Exhibit 25.1 to Registration
        Statement No. 333-41211, as amended)
27.1    Details, Inc. Financial Data Schedule.
27.2    Details Capital Corp. Financial Data Schedule.

(b)     Reports on Form 8-K

        The Company has not filed any reports on Form 8-K during the period
covered by this report.

        Supplemental information to be furnished with reports filed pursuant to
Section 15(d) of the Act by Registrants which have not registered securities
pursuant to Section 12 of the Act:

        No annual report covering the Registrants' last fiscal year or any proxy
material with respect to a meeting of securityholders has been sent to any of
the Registrants' securityholders.

                                      -44-
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, Details Capital Corp. has duly caused this annual report
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized, in the
city of Anaheim, state of California, on the 13th day of April, 1998.

                                    DETAILS CAPITAL CORP.


                                    By:  /s/ Bruce D. McMaster
                                       ---------------------------
                                       Name:  Bruce D. McMaster
                                       Title: President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Signature                     Title                  Date
         ---------                     -----                  ----       
<S>                          <C>                         <C>
 /s/ Bruce D. McMaster       President (principal        April 13, 1998
- -----------------------      executive officer)
     Bruce D. McMaster
 
 
 /s/ Joseph P. Gisch         Vice President and Chief    April 13, 1998
- -----------------------      Financial Officer
     Joseph P. Gisch          (principal financial and
                             accounting officer)
 
 /s/ Stephen M. Zide         Vice President and          April 13, 1998
- -----------------------       Director
     Stephen M. Zide
 
 
 /s/ Edward Conard           Director                    April 13, 1998
- -----------------------
     Edward Conard
 
 
 /s/ Prescott Ashe           Director                    April 13, 1998
- ------------------------   
     Prescott Ashe
 
 /s/ Christopher Behrens     Director                    April 13, 1998
- ------------------------
     Christopher Behrens
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, Details, Inc. has duly caused this annual report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized, in the city of
Anaheim, state of California, on the 13th day of April, 1998.

                                    DETAILS, INC.


                                    By:    /s/ Bruce D. McMaster
                                       ----------------------------
                                       Name:  Bruce D. McMaster
                                       Title: President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Signature                     Title                  Date
         ---------                     -----                  ----
<S>                          <C>                         <C>
 /s/ Bruce D. McMaster       President (principal        April 13, 1998
- ------------------------     executive officer)
     Bruce D. McMaster
 
 
 /s/ Joseph P. Gisch         Vice President and Chief    April 13, 1998
- ------------------------     Financial Officer
     Joseph P. Gisch          (principal financial and
                             accounting officer)
 
 /s/ Stephen M. Zide         Vice President and          April 13, 1998
- ------------------------      Director
     Stephen M. Zide
 
  /s/ Edward Conard          Director                    April 13, 1998
- ------------------------   
      Edward Conard
 
  /s/ Prescott Ashe          Director                    April 13, 1998
- ------------------------   
      Prescott Ashe
 
 /s/ Christopher Behrens     Director                    April 13, 1998
- ------------------------    
 Christopher Behrens
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


To the Board of Directors
Details Capital Corp. and
Details, Inc.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index
appearing under Item 14 on page 42 present fairly, in all material respects, the
financial position of Details Capital Corp. and its subsidiary, and Details,
Inc. and subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") at December 31, 1997, and
the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.

/s/ Price Waterhouse LLP
Price Waterhouse LLP

Costa Mesa, California
April 3, 1998

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

To the Board of Directors
Details, Inc.
Anaheim, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Details, Inc. and
Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the two
years in the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Details, Inc. and
Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31,
1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
McGladrey & Pullen, LLP

Anaheim, California
February 14, 1997
                                      F-2

                                      
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.(*)
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      1996                       1997
                                                                            --------------------    ---------------------------
                                                                            PRE-RECAPITALIZATION                       DETAILS
                                                                                   COMPANY          DETAILS, INC.      CAPITAL
<S>                                                                           <C>                   <C>                <C>    
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                   $     169               $   5,377       $   5,377
  Trade receivables, net                                                          9,511                  15,643          15,643
  Inventories                                                                     1,238                   4,330           4,330
  Prepaid expenses and other                                                        217                     525             525
  Income tax refunds                                                                648                   8,537           9,363
  Deferred tax assets                                                               690                   6,239           8,240
                                                                              ---------               ---------       --------- 
        Total current assets                                                     12,473                  40,651          43,478
                                                                              ---------               ---------       ---------
Property and equipment, net                                                      12,847                  26,132          26,132
Debt issue costs, net                                                             2,058                   9,619          13,083
Goodwill, net                                                                        --                  26,071          26,071
Other                                                                               125                      98              98
                                                                              ---------               ---------       ---------
                                                                              $  27,503               $ 102,571       $ 108,862
                                                                              =========               =========       =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)                                                                   
Current liabilities:                                                                                             
  Current maturities of long-term debt and capital                                                               
  lease obligations to former stockholder                                     $   9,911               $   2,450       $   2,450
  Accounts payable                                                                3,561                   7,609           7,609
  Accrued salaries and related benefits                                             927                   1,671           1,671
  Accrued interest payable                                                          936                   1,760           1,760
  Accrued expenses                                                                  652                   6,399           6,399
                                                                              ---------                --------        -------- 
        Total current liabilities                                                15,987                  19,889          19,889

Escrow payable to redeemed stockholders                                              --                   8,600           8,600
Long-term debt                                                                   78,350                 204,173         265,141
Deferred tax liability                                                               --                     530             530
Capital lease obligations to former stockholder                                   5,840                   5,927           5,927
                                                                              ---------                --------        -------- 
        Total liabilities                                                       100,177                 239,119         300,087
                                                                              ---------                --------        ---------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)                                                                           
Temporary stockholders' equity (Note 7):                                                                         
  Redeemable common stock                                                        38,906                      --              --
  Redeemable common stock warrants                                                3,200                      --              --
                                                                               --------                 -------         ------- 
        Total temporary stockholders' equity                                     42,106                      --  
                                                                               --------                 -------         ------- 
Other stockholders' deficit (Note 7):                                                                            
  Common stock                                                                    5,300                       1               1
  Convertible preferred stock                                                    13,532                      --              --
  Additional paid-in-capital                                                         --                 138,744          88,583
  Accumulated deficit                                                          (133,612)               (275,293)       (279,809)
                                                                              ---------               ---------       ---------
        Total other stockholders' deficit                                      (114,780)               (136,548)       (191,225)
                                                                              ---------               ---------       ---------
                                                                              $  27,503               $ 102,571       $ 108,862
                                                                              =========               =========       =========
</TABLE>                                                              

(*) Prior to October 28, 1997 (date of Recapitalization), Details Capital Corp.
    and Details, Inc. were identical (see Note 1).

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.(*)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(IN THOUSANDS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                  -------------------------------------------------
                                                    1995          1996               1997
                                                  --------      --------   ------------------------
                                                   PRE-RECAPITALIZATION                     DETAILS
                                                         COMPANY           DETAILS, INC.    CAPITAL
<S>                                               <C>           <C>        <C>             <C> 
Net sales                                         $ 59,370      $ 67,515     $ 78,756      $ 78,756
Cost of goods sold, including rent paid to                                             
  former stockholder of $559 in 1995                25,156        30,505       38,675        38,675
                                                  --------      --------     --------      -------- 
      Gross profit                                  34,214        37,010       40,081        40,081
Operating expenses:                                                                    
  Compensation to former CEO                           418         1,055        2,149         2,149
  General and administration                         1,790         1,929        2,057         2,057
  Sales and marketing                                5,293         5,989        7,278         7,278
  Stock compensation and related bonuses                --            --       31,271        31,271
                                                  --------      --------     --------      --------    
      Operating income (loss)                       26,713        28,037       (2,674)       (2,674)
                                                                                       
Interest income (expense):                                                             
  Interest income                                       42           102           96            96
  Interest expense, indluding interest paid                                            
    to former stockholder of $774 and $756 in                                          
    1996 and 1997, respectively, and excluding                                         
    interest on Bridge Loans                          (370)       (9,518)     (12,963)      (13,875)
  Interest expense on Bridge Loans,                                                    
    including debt issue costs and discount             --            --       (4,985)      (11,417)
                                                  --------      --------     --------      --------    
    Income (loss) before income taxes                                                  
      and extraordinary loss                        26,385        18,621      (20,526)      (27,870)
Income tax benefit (expense)                          (396)       (6,265)       8,030        10,858
                                                  --------      --------     --------      -------- 
  Income (loss) before extraordinary loss           25,989        12,356      (12,496)      (17,012)
Extraordinary loss - early extinguishment                                              
  of debt, net of income tax benefit                                                   
  of $1,104                                             --            --       (1,588)       (1,588)
                                                  --------      --------     --------      --------
Net income (loss)                                 $ 25,989      $ 12,356     $(14,084)     $(18,600)
                                                  ========      ========     ========      ========
Pro forma income tax expense adjustment           $(10,425)     $ (1,295)   
                                                  --------      --------     
Pro forma net income                              $ 15,564      $ 11,061    
                                                  ========      ========     
</TABLE> 

(*) For the periods prior to October 28, 1997 (date of Recapitalization),
     Details Capital Corp. and Details, Inc. were identical (see Note 1).

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.(*)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>                                                                                                                    
                                              CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK               COMMON STOCK             
                                              ---------------------------               ------------
PRE-RECAPITALIZATION COMPANY                     SHARES          AMOUNT              SHARES       AMOUNT       
                                                 ------          ------              ------       ------
<S>                                           <C>             <C>                 <C>            <C> 
Balance, January 1, 1995                                --     $        --           15,300      $       15         
   Net income                                           --              --               --              --         
   Dividends declared                                   --              --               --              --         
                                             -------------    ------------        ----------      --------- 
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995                              --              --           15,300              15         
   Retirement of common stock                           --              --           (8,162)             (8)        
   Transfer common stock subject                                                                                   
       to put option                                    --              --           (6,959)             (7)        
   Issuance of common stock                             --              --            2,509           5,148         
   Issuance of preferred stock                       6,671          13,685               --              --         
   Transfer of preferred stock to                                                                                  
       common stock                                    (70)           (153)              70             153         
   Issuance of redeemable common                                                                                   
       stock warrants                                   --              --               --              --         
   Net income                                           --              --               --              --         
   Accretion of temporary stockholders'                                                                            
       equity to estimated fair value                   --              --               --              --         
   Dividends declared                                   --              --               --              --         
                                             -------------    ------------        ----------      --------- 
Balance, December 31, 1996                           6,601          13,532            2,758           5,301         
                                             -------------    ------------        ----------      --------- 
DETAILS, INC.                                                                                                      
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1997                             6,601          13,532            2,758           5,301         
   Accretion of temporary equity to fair value          --              --               --              --         
   Compensation expense on vesting           
       of options                                       --              --               --              --         
   Equity exchanges, cancelations and                                                                              
       distributions to stockholders                (6,601)        (13,532)          (2,758)         (5,301)        
   Issuance of common stock and contribution                                                                       
       of capital by Holdings                           --              --              100               1         
   Net loss                                             --              --               --              --
                                             -------------    ------------        ----------      --------- 
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31,   97                              --     $        --              100      $        1         
                                             =============    ============        ==========      =========
DETAILS CAPITAL                                                                                                    
Balance, January 1, 1997                             6,601          13,532            2,758           5,301         
   Accretion of temporary equity to fair value          --              --               --              --         
   Compensation expense on vesting                                                                                 
       of options                                       --              --               --              --         
   Equity exchanges, cancelations and                                                                              
       distributions to stockholders                (6,601)        (13,532)          (2,758)         (5,301)        
   Issuance of common stock and contribution                                                                       
       of capital by Holdings                           --              --            1,000               1         
   Net loss                                             --              --               --              --         
                                             -------------    ------------        ----------      --------- 
Balance, December 31, 1997                              --     $        --            1,000      $        1          
                                             =============    ============        ==========      =========

<CAPTION> 

                                                                           RETAINED                                          
                                                     ADDITIONAL             EARNINGS                                         
                                                      PAID-IN            (ACCUMULATED                                        
PRE-RECAPITALIZATION COMPANY                          CAPITAL              DEFICIT)                  TOTAL       
                                                      -------              -------                   -----        
<S>                                                  <C>                 <C>                       <C>   
Balance, January 1, 1995                              $      --               $    2,791           $       2,806  
   Net income                                                --                   25,989                  25,989             
   Dividends declared                                        --                  (26,295)                (26,295)            
                                                     ----------               ----------              ----------  
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995                                   --                    2,485                   2,500             
   Retirement of common stock                                --                 (104,992)               (105,000)            
   Transfer common stock subject                                                                                             
       to put option                                         --                  (14,967)                (14,974)            
   Issuance of common stock                                  --                       --                   5,148             
   Issuance of preferred stock                               --                       --                  13,685  
   Transfer of preferred stock to                                                                                 
       common stock                                          --                       --                      --  
   Issuance of redeemable common                                                                                  
       stock warrants                                        --                       --                      --  
   Net income                                                --                   12,356                  12,356  
   Accretion of temporary stockholders'                                                                           
       equity to estimated fair value                        --                  (25,832)                (25,832) 
   Dividends declared                                        --                   (2,662)                 (2,662) 
                                                     ----------               ----------              ----------  
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996                                   --                 (133,612)               (114,779) 
                                                     ----------               ----------              ----------  
DETAILS, INC.                                                                                                     
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1997                                     --                 (133,612)               (114,779) 
   Accretion of temporary equity to fair value               --                  (41,244)                (41,244) 
   Compensation expense on vesting                                                                                
       of options                                        21,220                       --                  21,220  
   Equity exchanges, cancelations and                                                                             
       distributions to stockholders                    (21,220)                 (86,353)               (126,406) 
   Issuance of common stock and contribution                                                                      
       of capital by Holdings                           138,744                       --                 138,745  
   Net loss                                                                      (14,084)                (14,084)
                                                     ----------               ----------              ----------  
Balance, December 31, 1997                            $ 138,744               $ (275,293)             $ (136,548) 
                                                     ==========               ==========              ==========  
DETAILS CAPITAL                                                                                                   
Balance, January 1, 1997                                     --                 (133,612)               (114,779) 
   Accretion of temporary equity to fair value               --                  (41,244)                (41,244) 
   Compensation expense on vesting                                                                                
       of options                                        21,220                       --                  21,220  
   Equity exchanges, cancelations and                                                                             
       distributions to stockholders                    (21,220)                 (86,353)               (126,406) 
   Issuance of common stock and contribution                                                                      
       of capital by Holdings                            88,583                       --                  88,584  
   Net loss                                                  --                  (18,600)                (18,600) 
                                                     ----------               ----------              ----------  
Balance, December 31, 1997                            $  88,583                $(279,809)            $  (191,225) 
                                                     ==========               ==========              ==========   

<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                                 
                                                                        TEMPORARY STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                      
                                                             REDEEMABLE        COMMON STOCK             
PRE-RECAPITALIZATION COMPANY                                COMMON STOCK         WARRANTS                 TOTAL          
                                                            ------------         --------                 -----              
<S>                                                       <C>                 <C>                        <C> 
Balance, January 1, 1995                                  $           --      $       --                 $       --               
   Net income                                                         --              --                         --          
   Dividends declared                                                 --              --                         --          
                                                          --------------      ----------                 ----------          
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995                                            --              --                         --          
   Retirement of common stock                                         --              --                         --          
   Transfer common stock subject                                                                                             
       to put option                                              14,974              --                     14,974          
   Issuance of common stock                                           --              --                         --          
   Issuance of preferred stock                                        --              --                         --          
   Transfer of preferred stock to                                                                                            
       common stock                                                   --              --                         --          
   Issuance of redeemable common                                                                                             
       stock warrants                                                 --           1,300                      1,300          
   Net income                                                         --              --                         --          
   Accretion of temporary stockholders'                                                                                      
       equity to estimated fair value                             23,932           1,900                     25,832          
   Dividends declared                                                 --              --                         --          
                                                          --------------      ----------                 ----------          
Balance, December 31, 1996                                        38,906           3,200                     42,106          
                                                          --------------      ----------                 ----------          
DETAILS, INC.                                                                                                                
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1997                                          38,906           3,200                     42,106          
   Accretion of temporary equity to fair value                    38,094           3,150                     41,244          
   Compensation expense on vesting                                                                                           
       of options                                                     --              --                         --          
   Equity exchanges, cancelations and                                                                                        
       distributions to stockholders                             (77,000)         (6,350)                   (83,350)         
   Issuance of common stock and contribution                                                                                 
       of capital by Holdings                                         --              --                         --          
   Net loss                                                           --              --                         --          
                                                          --------------      ----------                 ----------          
Balance, December 31, 1997                                            --              --                         --          
                                                          ==============      ==========                 ==========          
DETAILS CAPITAL                                                                                                              
Balance, January 1, 1997                                          38,906           3,200                     42,106          
   Accretion of temporary equity to fair value                    38,094           3,150                     41,244          
   Compensation expense on vesting                                                                                           
       of options                                                     --              --                         --          
   Equity exchanges, cancelations and                                                                                        
       distributions to stockholders                             (77,000)         (6,350)                   (83,350)         
   Issuance of common stock and contribution                                                                                 
       of capital by Holdings                                         --              --                         --          
   Net loss                                                           --              --                         --          
                                                          --------------      ----------                 ----------          
Balance, December 31, 1997                                $           --      $       --                 $       --           
                                                          ==============      ==========                 ==========
</TABLE> 

(*) For the periods prior to October 28, 1997 (date of Recapitalization),     
Details Capital Corp. and Details, Inc. were identical (see Note 1).          
                                                                              
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.  

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.*
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                               December 31,
                                                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                            1995           1996                      1997
                                                                   -----------------  ---------------  -----------------------------
                                                                            PRE-RECAPITALIZATION                          DETAILS
                                                                                  COMPANY                 DETAILS, INC.   CAPITAL
<S>                                                                <C>                   <C>             <C>             <C> 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net income (loss)                                                      $  25,989      $  12,356       $ (14,084)      $ (18,600)
   Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
      to net cash provided by operating activities:
      Depreciation                                                            1,054          2,047           2,568           2,568
      Amortization of debt issuance costs and discount                           --            845           6,629          13,972
      Deferred income taxes                                                      --           (690)         (1,875)         (3,834)
      Stock compensation expense                                                 --             --          21,271          21,271
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of assets and
      liabilities acquired:
      Trade receivables                                                      (1,997)        (2,589)         (2,249)         (2,249)
      Inventories                                                              (421)          (363)           (397)           (397)
      Income tax refunds                                                         --             --          (7,889)         (8,757)
      Prepaid expenses and other                                                 29           (880)           (905)           (905)
      Accounts payable                                                        1,747            280           1,106           1,106
      Accrued expenses                                                         (260)         1,152           4,924           4,924
                                                                        -------------   -----------      ----------      ----------

           Net cash provided by operating activities                         26,141         12,158           9,099           9,099
                                                                        -------------   -----------      ----------      ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
      Purchase of equipment                                                  (2,946)        (3,576)         (6,000)         (6,000)
      Acquisition of NTI, less cash acquired                                     --             --         (38,948)        (38,948)
                                                                        -------------   -----------      ----------      ----------

           Net cash used in investing activities                             (2,946)        (3,576)        (44,948)        (44,948)
                                                                        -------------   -----------      ----------      ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Proceeds from the issuance of Bridge Loans                                    --             --          85,000         140,000
   Repayment of Bridge Loans                                                     --             --         (85,000)       (140,000)
   Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                                   1,419         95,000         216,400         276,455
   Payments on long-term debt                                                  (752)        (7,982)        (99,300)        (99,300)
   Payments for common stock and debt issuance costs                             --         (3,920)        (12,995)        (19,469)
   Principal payments on capital lease obligations                               --           (365)           (459)           (459)
    to former stockholder
   Cash dividends paid                                                      (27,076)        (6,618)           (128)           (128)
   Proceeds from issuance of Old Common stock and
     convertible preferred stock                                                 --         20,000              --              --
   Redemption of Old Common stock                                                --       (105,000)       (188,143)       (188,143)
   Capital contribution from Holdings                                            --             --         125,682          72,101
                                                                        ------------    ----------       ---------       ---------

           Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities              (26,409)        (8,885)         41,057          41,057
                                                                        ------------    ----------       ---------       ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash                                              (3,214)          (303)          5,208           5,208

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                                  3,686            472             169             169
                                                                        ------------    ----------       ---------       ---------

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                                    $     472      $     169       $   5,377       $   5,377
                                                                        ------------    ----------       ---------       ---------
</TABLE> 

* For the periods prior to October 28, 1997 (date of recapitalization),
  Details Capital Corp. and Details, Inc. were identical (see Note 1).

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-6

                                     
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP.AND DETAILS INC.
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements 
_____________________________________________________________________________

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
   
   BASIS OF PRESENTATION 

   The consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1997
   include the accounts of Details Capital Corp. ("Details Capital") and its
   wholly-owned subsidiary Details, Inc. and subsidiaries ("Details"),
   (collectively, the "Company"). The consolidated financial statements of
   Details include the accounts of its wholly owned subsidiary Colorado Springs
   Circuits Inc. (d/b/a NTI ("NTI")) for the period commencing on December 22,
   1997 (date of acquisition) through December 31, 1997. All intercompany
   transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Details Capital is wholly
   owned by Details Holdings Corp., formerly Details, Inc. ("Holdings"), by
   virtue of a series of transactions related to the financing of the
   recapitalization (the "Recapitalization") which are described below. The
   December 31, 1995 and 1996 consolidated financial statements represent the
   consolidated financial statements of Holdings (the "Pre-Recapitalization
   Company").

   In connection with the Recapitalization, Details, Inc. changed its name to
   Details Holdings Corp., incorporated Details as a wholly owned subsidiary and
   contributed substantially all of its assets, subject to certain liabilities,
   to Details. On November 19, 1997, Holdings organized Details Capital as a
   wholly-owned subsidiary, and on February 10, 1998, contributed substantially
   all its assets (including all of the shares of common stock of Details),
   subject to certain liabilities, including the senior discount notes (as
   described in Note 5, the "Discount Notes"), to Details Capital. Other than
   the Discount Notes and related financing fees and deferred tax assets, all
   the assets and liabilities of Details are those of Details Capital. The
   transactions above were between entities under common control, and
   accordingly, the historical basis of the assets and liabilities of Holdings,
   Details Capital and Details were not affected. In addition, the Details
   Capital consolidated financial statements have been prepared as if the
   contribution of Holdings' assets and liabilities to Details Capital in
   exchange for its common stock occurred in connection with the
   Recapitalization.

   Initial Recapitalization

   On January 31, 1996, the Company was initially recapitalized (the "Initial
   Recapitalization") through the redemption of 53% of its common stock for $105
   million. The Company funded the redemption through the issuance of $95
   million in debt and $20 million in equity securities. Chase Manhattan
   Capital, L.P. and its affiliates ("CMC") was a significant shareholder
   immediately after the Initial Recapitalization.

   Recapitalization

   On October 28, 1997, the Recapitalization of Holdings took place as follows:
   (i) DI Acquisition Corp. ("DIA") was capitalized with a $62.4 million
   investment from (a) investment funds associated with Bain Capital, Inc.
   ($46.3 million), (b) CMC ($11.2 million) and (c) other investors ($4.9
   million); (ii) DIA, which had no operations and was formed solely for the
   purpose of effecting the Recapitalization, merged with and into Holdings with
   Holdings surviving the merger; (iii) certain stockholders and option holders
   of Holdings received an aggregate amount of cash equal to approximately
   $184.3 million (plus future escrow payments of approximately $8.6 million);
   (iv) CMC retained approximately 7.7% of the fully diluted equity of Holdings,
   and certain other stockholders of Holdings retained approximately 2.8%, of
   the fully-diluted equity of Holdings (in each case after giving effect to the
   Recapitalization and related transactions); (v) management retained
   approximately 17.1% (including certain options to acquire shares of common
   stock of Holdings) of the fully-diluted equity of Holdings and acquired
   additional shares and options to acquire additional shares representing 10.4%
   of the fully-diluted equity of Holdings (in each case after giving effect to
   the Recapitalization and related transactions); (vi) the Company obtained
   $140 million of bridge loans (as described in Note 5, the "Bridge Loans");
   and (vii) the Company obtained borrowings under Details senior credit
   facility (as described in Note 5, the "Senior Credit


                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements   
_____________________________________________________________________________

   Facility") of $91.4 million. The existing shareholders prior to the
   Recapitalization retained in excess of 20% of the fully diluted common stock
   of Holdings after the Recapitalization and, accordingly, push-down accounting
   was not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as
   permitted by Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 54 of the Securities and Exchange
   Commission. The merger of DIA referred to above was reflected in the
   accompanying consolidated financial statements as a Recapitalization and,
   accordingly, the historical bases of the Company's assets and liabilities
   were not affected.

   NATURE OF BUSINESS

   The Company manufactures and sells printed circuit boards ("PCBs") primarily
   to the domestic electronics industry.  A majority of the Company's sales are
   for the time critical segment (quick turn) of the PCB industry.  Quick turn
   PCBs are manufactured within 10 days.

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   Cash and cash equivalents - Management defines cash and cash equivalents as
   highly liquid deposits with a remaining maturity of 90 days or less. The
   Company maintains cash and cash equivalents balances at certain financial
   institutions in excess of amounts insured by federal agencies. Management
   does not believe that as a result of this concentration it is subject to any
   unusual financial risk beyond the normal risk associated with commercial
   banking relationships.

   Inventories - Inventories include freight-in, materials, labor and
   manufacturing overhead costs and are stated at the lower of cost or market.
   Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

   Property and equipment - Property and equipment are stated at cost.
   Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets using
   both the straight-line and accelerated methods. For leasehold improvements,
   amortization is provided over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of
   the assets or the lease term and included in the caption depreciation
   expense.

   Goodwill - The Company amortizes the goodwill recorded as a result of the
   acquisition of NTI (see Note 10) on a straight-line basis over 25 years from
   the acquisition date. Management believes that the estimated useful life
   established at the date of such acquisition was reasonable based on the
   economic factors applicable to the business. Amortization was not significant
   for the period from December 22, 1997 to December 31, 1997.

   Debt issue costs and debt discounts - As part of the Initial
   Recapitalization, the Company deferred certain debt issue costs associated
   with its long-term debt (as described in Note 5, the "Old Debt"). In
   addition, as part of the Recapitalization and subsequent thereto, the Company
   deferred certain debt issue costs relating to the establishment of the Senior
   Credit Facility, the issuance of senior subordinated notes (as described in
   Note 5, the "Senior Subordinated Notes") and the Discount Notes. These costs
   are capitalized and amortized over the expected term of the related
   indebtedness using the effective interest method. Accumulated amortization at
   December 31 1996 for the Pre-Recapitalization Company, and at December 31,
   1997 for Details and Details Capital, were $693,000, $208,000 and $252,000,
   respectively.

   The Company issued certain Old Debt, Bridge Loans, and the Discount Notes at
   a discount. Discounts are reflected in the accompanying balance sheets as a
   reduction of face value and are amortized over the expected term of the
   related indebtedness using the effective interest method. Amortization of the
   Discount Notes included as interest expense of Details Capital amounted to

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
_____________________________________________________________________________

   $912,000 during the year ended December 31, 1997. See Note 5 for additional
   discussion of debt issue costs and debt issued at discounts in connection
   with the Old Debt and Bridge Loans.

   Revenue recognition - The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of its
   products upon shipment to its customers. The Company provides a normal
   warranty on its products and accrues an estimated amount for this expense at
   the time of the sale.

   Concentration of Credit Risk - Financial instruments which potentially expose
   the Company to concentration of credit risk include trade accounts
   receivable. To minimize this risk, ongoing credit evaluations of customers'
   financial condition are performed and reserves are maintained; however,
   collateral is not required. A significant portion of the Company's sales are
   made to two customers. One of these customers accounted for approximately
   19%, 9% and 10% of the Company's total sales for the years ended December 31,
   1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. A second customer accounted for
   approximately 8%, 16% and 13% of the Company's total sales for the years
   ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997. Accounts receivable from these two
   customers accounted for approximately 15% and 35% of the Company's total
   accounts receivable at December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

   Environmental Matters - The Company expenses environmental expenditures
   related to existing conditions resulting from past or current operations and
   from which no current or future benefit is discernible. Expenditures which
   extend the life of the related property or mitigate or prevent future
   environmental contamination are capitalized. The Company determines its
   liability on a site by site basis and records a liability at the time when it
   is probable and can be reasonably estimated. To date, such costs have not
   been material (see Note 9).

   Income taxes - The Company accounts for income taxes utilizing the asset and
   liability method. The asset and liability method requires the Company to
   record in its balance sheet deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected
   future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in different
   periods for financial statements versus tax returns. Management provides a
   valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets when it is more likely than
   not that a portion of such net deferred tax assets will not be recovered
   through future operations. Subsequent to the Recapitalization, the Company is
   included as part of the consolidated tax return filed by Holdings. For
   financial statement purposes, each of Details and Details Capital has
   provided for income taxes as if it were filing separately throughout the
   year.

   Long-lived assets - The Company has adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
   Standards ("SFAS") No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
   Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of." Adoption of the standard
   did not have any impact on the Company's financial condition, results of
   operations, or cash flows. SFAS No. 121 requires that long-lived assets,
   including goodwill, be reviewed for impairment whenever events or
   circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be
   recoverable. The Company evaluates potential impairment by measuring the
   carrying amount of the assets against the estimated undiscounted cash flows
   associated with them.

   Fair value of financial instruments - The fair value of financial instruments
   including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities
   and long-term debt approximate book values at December 31, 1996 and 1997. The
   carrying value for the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Discount Notes was
   established based on market conditions at the time the debt was issued, and
   through December 31, 1997, such market conditions have not changed
   significantly.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Stock Options - The Company has adopted SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-
    Based Compensation," which establishes a fair value based method of
    accounting for compensation cost related to stock option plans and other
    forms of stock-based compensation plans. The Company has elected to provide
    the pro forma disclosures as if the fair value based method had been applied
    for the current period and prior comparable period. In accordance with SFAS
    No. 123, the Company applies the intrinsic value based method of accounting
    defined under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB Opinion No.
    25"), and accordingly, does not recognize compensation expense for its plans
    to the extent employee options are issued at exercise prices equal to or
    greater than the fair market value at the date of grant.

    Use of estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity
    with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
    estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
    liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
    of the financial statements and their reported amounts of revenues and
    expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
    estimates.

    Reclassifications - Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to
    conform with the 1997 presentation.

    Recently Issued Accounting Standards - In June 1997, the Financial
    Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting
    Comprehensive Income." SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and
    displaying comprehensive income and its components. In addition, the FASB
    issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and
    Related SFAS No. 131 establishes new standards for the reporting of
    information regarding operating segments, products, services, geographic
    areas and major customers. The Company will adopt SFAS No. 130 and SFAS No.
    131 effective January 1, 1998. 

3.  INVENTORIES 

    Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                             1996        1997
                                                           --------   -------- 
    <S>                                                    <C>        <C> 
    Raw materials                                          $   800     $ 1,440
    Work-in-process                                            438       2,674
    Finished goods                                              --         216
                                                           --------   -------- 
                                                           $ 1,238     $ 4,330
                                                           ========   ======== 
</TABLE> 

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

    Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                         1996           1997
                                                       --------       --------
      <S>                                              <C>            <C> 
      Buildings and leasehold improvements             $  5,846       $  7,611
      Machinery and equipment                            12,053         24,502
      Office furniture and equipment                      2,137          3,795
      Waste treatment system                                289            357
      Vehicles                                              378            156
                                                       --------       --------
                                                         20,703         36,421
      Less accumulated depreciation                      (7,856)       (10,289)
                                                       --------       --------
                                                       $ 12,847       $ 26,132
                                                       ========       ========
</TABLE> 

    Buildings and leasehold improvements include buildings under capitalized
    leases of approximately $4.5 million and $5.1 million with related
    accumulated depreciation of $450,000 and $964,000 at December 31, 1996 and
    1997, respectively. Machinery and equipment includes machinery and equipment
    under capitalized leases of approximately $2.1 million with related
    accumulated depreciation of $212,000 and $424,000 at December 31, 1996 and
    1997, respectively.

5.  LONG-TERM DEBT

    Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                        DECEMBER 31,                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                           1996                          1997
                                                   --------------------      --------------------------
                                                   PRE-RECAPITALIZATION                        DETAILS
                                                          COMPANY            DETAILS, INC.     CAPITAL
<S>                                                <C>                       <C>               <C> 
Term A, LIBOR plus 3.0%, scheduled maturity
  January 2002; repaid October 28, 1997                 $  53,000              $      --       $    --
Term B, LIBOR plus 3.0%, scheduled maturity                21,000                     --            --
  January 2002; repaid October 28, 1997                                                   
12% Subordinated Debt, scheduled maturity February                                        
  2004, face amount $15,000, net of unamortized                                           
  discount of $1,150 at December 31, 1996;                                                
  repaid October 28, 1997                                  13,850                     --            --
Tranche A Facility                                             --                 31,089        31,089
Tranche B Facility                                             --                 50,000        50,000
Acquisition Facility                                           --                 25,000        25,000
10.0% Senior Subordinated Notes                                --                100,000       100,000
12.5% Discount Notes, face amount $110,000,                                               
  net of unamortized discount of $49,033                       --                     --        60,968
  at December 31, 1997                                                                    
Other                                                          --                     23            23
                                                        ---------              ---------     ---------  
                                                           87,850                206,112       267,080
Less current maturities                                    (9,500)                (1,939)       (1,939)
                                                        ---------              ---------     ---------    
                                                        $  78,350              $ 204,173     $ 265,141
                                                        =========              =========     =========  
</TABLE> 

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
_______________________________________________________________________________

   BRIDGE LOANS

   In connection with the Recapitalization, the Company entered into the Bridge
   Loans consisting of a $85 million Details' subordinated facility (the
   "Subordinated Facility") and a $55 million Holdings' facility (the "Holdings
   Facility"). The Holdings Facility debt holders also received warrants to
   purchase approximately 70,211 shares and 8,678 shares of Class A Common and
   Class L Common of Holdings, respectively, for a nominal price. Management
   determined the fair value of the warrants to be $3.4 million and recorded
   this value as a discount to the Holdings Facility with a corresponding credit
   to additional paid-in capital. A portion of the proceeds from the Bridge
   Loans was used to repay the outstanding Term A and Term B notes and the 12%
   Subordinated Debt. The loss on the early extinguishment of the Old Debt has
   been reflected as an extraordinary item, net of income tax benefit in the
   accompanying 1997 statements of operations.

   Subsequent to the Recapitalization, Details and Details Capital, as successor
   in interest to Holdings, issued 10% Senior Subordinated Notes and 12.5%
   senior Discount Notes, respectively (collectively, the "Notes"). The proceeds
   of the Notes were used in part to retire the Bridge Loans, which resulted in
   both the accretion of the unamortized discount of $3.4 million for Details
   Capital, and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs of $4.4 million
   and $7.1 million for Details and Details Capital, respectively, in 1997.

   SENIOR CREDIT FACILITY

   In connection with the Recapitalization, Details entered into an agreement
   with a syndicate of banks, including Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. ("Chase
   Manhattan Bank"). Borrowings under this agreement consist of the Tranche A
   Facility, Tranche B Facility, the Acquisition Facility and the Revolving
   Credit Facility, collectively (the "Senior Credit Facility"). Under the terms
   of this agreement, Details must comply with certain restrictive covenants,
   which include the requirement that Details maintain minimum amounts of
   profitability, solvency and liquidity. In addition, Details is restricted
   from making certain payments, including dividend payments to its
   stockholders. The Senior Credit Facility is jointly and severally guaranteed
   by Holdings and Details Capital, and is secured by substantially all of the
   capital stock of Details and certain of its subsidiaries.

   In connection with obtaining the Senior Credit Facility, the Company incurred
   $4.6 million in fees which have been capitalized as debt issue costs. As
   discussed below, the Company may elect a base rate for interest in connection
   with the Senior Credit Facility; at December 31, 1997, the Company elected
   the LIBOR rate (the "LIBOR Rate") (5.84% per annum).

   Tranche A Facility

   Under the Tranche A Facility, $41.4 million was advanced on October 28, 1997;
   $10.3 million was repaid with a portion of the proceeds from the Senior
   Subordinated Notes in November of 1997. Payments are due quarterly (other
   than with respect to the last installment, which is due on October 27, 2003),
   at increasing amounts (ranging from $233,000, to $2,332,000) plus interest
   through October 27, 2003. Advances under the Tranche A Facility bear interest
   at the Company's option at either (1) 2.5% per annum plus the rate at which
   certain Eurodollar deposits are offered in the interbank Eurodollar market
   (using the six-month LIBOR Rate) or (2) 1.5% per annum plus the higher of (a)
   the applicable prime lending rate of Chase Manhattan Bank 8.5% at December
   31, 1997 or (b) the federal reserve reported overnight funds rate (6.5% at
   December 31, 1997) plus 1/2 of 1% per annum (the "Index Rate").

   Tranche B Facility

   Under the Tranche B Facility, $50.0 million was advanced on October 28, 1997.
   Payments are due quarterly (other than with respect to the last installment,
   which is due on October 27, 2003), at increasing amounts (ranging from
   $100,000, to $11,950,000) plus interest through October 27,

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
______________________________________________________________________________

   2003. Advances under the Tranche B Facility bear interest at the Company's
   option at a rate equal to either (1) 2.75% per annum plus the LIBOR Rate or
   (2) 1.75% per annum plus the Index Rate.

   Acquisition Facility

   Under the Acquisition Facility, $25.0 million was advanced to Details in
   connection with the NTI acquisition (Note 10) on December 22, 1997. Payments
   are due quarterly (other than with respect to the last installment, which is
   due on October 27, 2003), at increasing amounts (ranging from $625,000 to
   $1,562,000), plus interest through October 27, 2003. Advances under the
   Acquisition Facility bear interest at the Company's option at a rate equal to
   either (1) 2.50% per annum plus the LIBOR Rate or (2) 1.50% per annum plus
   the Index Rate.

   Revolving Credit Facility

   Details also has $30.0 million available under its Revolving Credit Facility
   which expires on October 27, 2003. Advances under the Revolving Credit
   Facility bear interest at Details' option at a rate equal to either (1) 2.50%
   per annum plus the LIBOR Rate or (2) 1.50% per annum plus the Index Rate.
   Details is required to pay a fee of 1/2 of 1% per annum on the average unused
   commitment under the Revolving Credit Facility. At December 31, 1997, no
   borrowings on this Revolving Credit Facility were outstanding.

   SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES

   In connection with the refinancing of the Bridge Loans, $100 million face
   amount of Senior Subordinated Notes of Details were issued. The Senior
   Subordinated Notes bear interest at 10% per annum, payable semi-annually in
   arrears on each May 15 and November 15 of each year, through the maturity
   date on November 15, 2005.

   Except as described below, Details may not redeem the Senior Subordinated
   Notes prior to November 15, 2001. Prior to November 15, 2000, however, up to
   40% of the Senior Subordinated Notes, at a redemption price of 110% of the
   principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, may be redeemed
   at Detail's option with the net proceeds of the sale in public offerings of
   common stock of Holdings (provided that at least 60% of the original
   principal amount of the Subordinated Notes remains outstanding immediately
   after such redemption). On or after November 15, 2001, the Senior
   Subordinated Notes may be redeemed at the option of Details, in whole or in
   part from time to time, at redemption prices ranging from 105% of principal
   amount in the year ended November 15, 2001 to 100% of principal amount
   subsequent to November 15, 2004, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
   
   The Senior Subordinated Note indenture also contains covenants that restrict
   the Company from incurring additional indebtedness and from making certain
   payments, including dividend payments to its stockholders. In connection with
   issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes, Details incurred $4.7 million in
   fees which have been capitalized as debt issuance costs.
   
   DISCOUNT NOTES

   In connection with the refinancing of the Bridge Loans, $110 million face
   amount at maturity (net proceeds of $60.1 million) of Discount Notes of
   Details Capital, as successor in interest to Holdings, were issued. The
   Discount Notes are unsecured, senior obligations and will be effectively
   subordinated to all future indebtedness and liabilities of Details Capital's
   subsidiaries. The Discount Notes begin bearing cash interest of 12.5% at
   November 15, 2002, payable each May 15 and November 15 in arrears, through
   the maturity date of November 15, 2007.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
_____________________________________________________________________________

   Except as described below, Details Capital may not redeem the Discount Notes
   prior to November 15, 2002. Prior to November 15, 2000, however, up to 40% of
   the Discount Notes, at a redemption price of 112.5% of the accreted principal
   amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, may be redeemed at Details
   Capital's option with the net proceeds of the sale in public offerings of
   common stock of Holdings (provided that at least 60% of the original
   principal amount of the Discount Notes remains outstanding immediately after
   such redemption). On or after November 15, 2002, the Discount Notes may be
   redeemed at the option of Details Capital, in whole or in part from time to
   time, at redemption prices ranging from 106.25% of accreted principal amount
   in the year ended November 15, 2002 to 100% of accreted principal amount
   subsequent to November 15, 2005, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
   
   The Discount Note indenture also contains covenants that restrict the Company
   from incurring additional indebtedness and from making certain payments,
   including dividend payments to its stockholders. In connection with issuance
   of the Discount Notes, Details Capital incurred $3.5 million in fees which
   have been capitalized as debt issuance costs.
   
   CHANGE OF CONTROL

   Upon a change in control, as defined in the Senior Subordinated Note and the
   Discount Note indentures, Details or Details Capital may redeem the Senior
   Subordinated Notes or the Discount Notes, respectively, in whole, but not in
   part, before November 15, 2002 at 100% of principal in the case of the Senior
   Subordinated Notes, or 100% of the accreted value in the case of the Discount
   Notes, plus the applicable premium, as defined in the Senior Subordinated
   Note and the Discount Note indentures, and accrued and unpaid interest as of
   the date of redemption. In the event the Company does not elect to redeem the
   notes prior to such date, each holder of the Subordinated Notes and Discount
   Notes may require Details or Details Capital, respectively, to repurchase all
   or a portion of such holder's notes at a cash purchase price equal to 101% of
   the principal amount or the accreted value, plus accrued and unpaid interest
   if any, to the date of repurchase. The Senior Credit Facility provides that
   the occurrence of such a change in control constitutes an event of default,
   which could require the immediate repayment of Senior Credit Facility.
   
   EXCHANGE OFFER

   On March 24, 1998, Details Capital and Details consummated exchange offers of
   registered Discount Notes and registered Senior Subordinated Notes under the
   Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for the Discount Notes and the Senior
   Subordinated Notes, respectively.
   
   RELATED PARTY PAYMENTS

   In connection with the Recapitalization and related transactions subsequent
   thereto, CMC, a shareholder of Holdings, and its affiliates Chase Manhattan
   Bank, N.A. ("Chase") and Chase Securities Inc. were paid fees and expenses
   aggregating approximately $16 million and CMC and Chase received common stock
   purchase warrants valued at approximately $3.4 million.
                                         F-14
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    FUTURE PAYMENTS
    As of December 31, 1997, the scheduled future annual principal payments of
    long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
      YEAR ENDING                                     DETAILS
      DECEMBER 31,                      DETAILS, INC.    CAPITAL
      <S>                               <C>           <C>      
         1998                           $     1,939   $   1,939
         1999                                 4,144       4,144
         2000                                 8,347       8,347
         2001                                12,240      12,240
         2002                                15,666      15,666
         Thereafter                         163,753     273,753
</TABLE> 

6.  CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

    On January 1, 1996, Holdings and its then sole stockholder renegotiated the
    two existing non-cancelable leases for its facilities and certain equipment.
    The terms of the new leases require monthly payments totaling approximately
    $105,000 over the ten-year term of the leases. The leases contain an option
    for the Company to renew the leases for an additional ten years at the end
    of the initial term. The leases also contain an option for the Company to
    purchase the buildings and the machinery at its fair value at the end of the
    initial term and at the end of the second term. The building lease requires
    the Company to pay maintenance, insurance and taxes and contains a provision
    to adjust the lease rate for increases in the Consumer Price Index rate.
    These leases have been accounted for as capital leases with an implicit
    interest rate of 12%. Prior to January 1, 1996, the Company leased buildings
    and equipment under operating leases. Rent expense for 1995 was $622,200
    under the previously expired operating leases.

    FUTURE PAYMENTS
    Aggregate annual maturities of capital lease obligations are as follows (in
    thousands):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                           PRESENT
                              TOTAL       LESS AMOUNT    VALUE OF NET
      YEAR ENDING          MINIMUM LEASE   REPRESENTING   MINIMUM LEASE
      DECEMBER 31,            PAYMENTS       INTEREST        PAYMENTS
      <S>                  <C>            <C>            <C> 
         1998               $     1,255     $       744     $      511
         1999                     1,255             680            575
         2000                     1,255             607            648
         2001                     1,255             525            730
         2002                     1,255             432            823
         Thereafter               3,766             615          3,151
                            -----------     -----------     ----------
                            $    10,041     $     3,603     $    6,438
                            ===========     ===========     ==========
</TABLE> 

7.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

    Common Stock, Preferred Stock and Additional Paid-In Capital of
    Pre-Recapitalization Company On January 31, 1996, the Company redeemed 8,162
    shares of its common stock ("Old Common") from its sole stockholder for $105
    million in connection with its Initial Recapitalization. The Company funded
    this redemption through the issuance of $95 million of Old Debt (Note 5),
    the issuance of 6,671 shares of convertible preferred stock and 2,509 shares
    of Old Common. As part of 

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
_______________________________________________________________________________
  
   the Old Debt issuance, $15 million of the 12% Subordinated Debt and warrants
   to acquire 706 shares of Old Common at a nominal price were issued (the
   warrants were valued at $1.3 million at the time of issuance and recorded as
   a discount on the 12% Subordinated Debt). The warrants contained a "clawback"
   provision which required the holders of the warrants to surrender up to 282
   shares of common stock underlying the warrants upon the attainment of certain
   earnings targets by the Company in 1996 and 1997. The Company met the
   earnings target in 1996 and canceled warrants to purchase 141 shares of Old
   Common stock. After five years, the warrant holders had the right to have the
   Company to redeem shares of common stock underlying the warrants at fair
   value. In addition, the sole stockholder had the right to put back to the
   Company, for cash, his remaining 6,959 shares of Old Common at fair value
   upon the earlier of January 2002 or 90 days after the full payment of Old
   Debt. Due to the existence of the put option, for both the common shares and
   common stock purchase warrants, the estimated fair value of these shares was
   accreted to estimated fair value and was classified as temporary
   stockholders' equity. On January 31, 1996, the estimated fair value of the
   Old Common was approximately $2,179 per share, at December 31, 1996 was
   approximately $5,590 per share and at the date of the Recapitalization was
   approximately $11,308.

   At December 31, 1996 and immediately prior to the Recapitalization, the
   Company's stockholders' equity consisted of the following: (i) 100,000
   authorized shares of no par value Old Common with approximately 9,717 shares
   outstanding (includes 6,959 redeemable Old Common shares classified as
   temporary stockholders' equity); (ii) 100,000 authorized shares of no par
   value convertible preferred stock with approximately 6,601 shares
   outstanding. The Old Common, preferred stock and common stock purchase
   warrants were canceled as part of the Recapitalization.

   Stock options

   Prior to the Recapitalization, the Company had two stock option plans, the
   1996 Performance Stock Option Plan (the "1996 Stock Option Plan") and the
   1996 Employee Stock Option Plan (the "1996 Employee Plan"). Under the 1996
   Stock Option Plan and the 1996 Employee Plan, the Board granted options to
   acquire approximately 1,950 shares of Old Common, at an exercise price of
   approximately $2,179 per share. All stock options issued under these plans
   were accounted for as variable awards. Accordingly, the difference between
   the exercise price and the estimated market price of the stock was recorded
   as compensation when the number of shares was known. Although there was no
   established market for the Company's stock, management estimated that the
   exercise price was at or above the estimated market price for the common
   stock of the Company for the options earned in 1996, and no compensation
   expense was recorded. Immediately prior to the Recapitalization, Holdings
   accelerated the vesting of all outstanding options (totaling approximately
   1,950 shares) to purchase shares of its Old Common making all such options
   immediately exercisable. In connection therewith, the Company recorded $21.2
   million of compensation expense in 1997 based on the difference between the
   estimated fair value of underlying Old Common and the option exercise price
   and $10 million of compensation expense for bonuses payable to employees to
   cover the employees' taxes upon the exercise of these options in conjunction
   with the Recapitalization.

   In 1997, Holdings adopted its 1997 Details, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan and
   certain awards were granted to certain management of the Company at exercise
   prices in excess of estimated fair value.

   Had compensation costs for the stock options issued under the 1996 Stock
   Option Plan, 1996 Employee Plan and the 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan been
   determined based on the grant date fair values as required by SFAS No. 123,
   there would have been no significant effect on the Company's reported net
   income (loss) for the periods presented. Fair value was estimated using the
   minimum-value method, a risk-free interest rate of 7.1% and 6.5% for 1996 and
   1997, respectively,

                                      F-16
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
_____________________________________________________________________________

   and an expected life of five years. No dividends were assumed to be declared.
   The weighted average value per option (computed using the minimum value
   method) of the stock options granted in 1996 and 1997 was nil.

   Recapitalization

   In connection with the Recapitalization, Holdings accelerated the vesting of
   all outstanding options to purchase shares of its Old Common and made such
   options immediately exercisable. Certain members of management then exercised
   approximately 1,374 options granted under the 1996 Stock Option Plan, to
   purchase an equal number of shares of Old Common. In addition, the
   convertible preferred stock and the Old Common purchase warrants were
   converted into 565 shares of Old Common. Holdings then: (i) redeemed and
   canceled approximately 16,232 shares of Old Common and options to purchase 64
   shares of Old Common options granted under the 1996 Employee Plan at a
   redemption price of approximately $11,308 per share, plus future escrow
   payments estimated at $508 per share or $8.6 million in the aggregate at
   December 31, 1997, payable by March 31, 1999. (ii) converted the remaining
   approximately 1,938 shares of Old Common into approximately 438,326 shares
   and approximately 54,175 shares of Class A Common and Class L Common,
   respectively, of Holdings and (iii) converted the remaining approximately 513
   unexcerised options to purchase shares of Old Common into options to purchase
   approximately 116,158 shares and approximately 14,357 shares of Class A
   Common and Class L Common, respectively, of Holdings. The escrow payment
   described above represents the distribution by the Company to all
   shareholders of record as of the Recapitalization date, the income tax
   benefit received by the Company as a result of the compensation expense
   recorded for the accelerated vesting of options to purchase shares of Old
   Common.

   Common stock and additional paid-in capital of Details and Details Capital
   Subsequent to the above shareholder transactions, Holdings incorporated
   Details with 100 shares and contributed capital of $138.7 million; consisting
   primarily of the assets of Holdings, subject to certain liabilities,
   excluding the Discount Notes and related financing fees. In addition,
   subsequent to the Recapitalization, Holdings incorporated Details Capital
   with 1,000 shares and contributed capital of $88.6 million, consisting
   primarily of all of the shares of capital stock of Details subject to certain
   liabilities, including the Discount Notes and related financing fees of
   Holdings. Included in contributed capital above are shares of Holdings common
   stock issued to certain employees in connection with the NTI acquisition,
   valued at approximately $52,000. At December 31, 1997, Details and Details
   Capital had 100 and 1,000 shares, respectively, of $0.01 par value common
   stock, authorized, issued and outstanding.

8. INCOME TAX MATTERS AND CHANGE IN TAX STATUS

   For the year ended December 31, 1995 and prior years, the Company, with the
   consent of its stockholder, elected to be taxed under sections of Federal and
   state income tax law, which provide that, in lieu of corporation income
   taxes, the stockholder separately accounts for his pro rata share of the
   Company's income, deductions, losses and credits. An additional state income
   tax was imposed at a 1.5% rate. The Company's stockholder terminated this
   election effective on February 1, 1996. The Company has presented pro forma
   net income as if the Company had been a taxable entity.

   As a result of this termination, the Company recorded a net deferred tax
   asset of $297,000 on February 1, 1996 by a credit against income tax expense,
   for temporary differences between the financial reporting and the income tax
   basis of assets and liabilities.


 

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Income taxes for the year ended December 31, 1995 were not significant. The
    provision (benefit) for income taxes in 1996 and 1997 consists of the
    following (in thousands):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                     DECEMBER 31,       DECEMBER 31,
                                         1996              1997
                                     ------------     ----------------------
                                   PRE-RECAPITALIZATION              DETAILS
                                       COMPANY    DETAILS, INC.      CAPITAL
<S>                              <C>              <C>               <C>     
Current:
  Federal                        $  6,955           $ (4,397)        $ (5,224)  
  State                                --                 --               --   
  Foreign                              --                150              150   
                                 --------           ---------        ---------
                                    6,955             (4,247)          (5,074)  
                                 --------           ---------        ---------
Deferred:                                                                       
  Federal                            (690)            (2,226)          (3,657)  
  State                                --             (1,557)          (2,127)  
  Foreign                              --                 --               --   
                                 --------           ---------        ---------
                                     (690)            (3,783)          (5,784)  
                                 --------           ---------        ---------
                                 $  6,265           $ (8,030)        $(10,858)
                                 ========           =========        =========
</TABLE> 

    In connection with the acquisition of NTI, the Company acquired certain net
    deferred tax assets of approximately $1.2 million.


    Deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (in
thousands):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                          DECEMBER 31,       DECEMBER 31,
                                              1996              1997
                                          ------------     ---------------------
                                        PRE-RECAPITALIZATION            DETAILS
                                            COMPANY    DETAILS, INC.    CAPITAL
<S>                                     <C>            <C>              <C> 
Deferred tax assets:
  Net operating loss carryforwards           $    --      $ 2,416       $ 4,060
  Trade receivables                              120          159           159
  Deferred compensation                           --        3,007         3,007
  AMT credits                                     --          327           327
  Accrued liabilities                             --          268           268
  Amortization                                    --           --           357
  Other                                           91           62            62
  California Franchise tax                       479           --            --
                                             -------      -------       -------
                                                 690        6,239         8,240
Deferred tax liabilities -
  Property, plant and equipment                   --         (530)         (530)
                                             -------      -------       -------
    Net deferred tax assets                  $   690      $ 5,709       $ 7,710
                                             =======      =======       =======
</TABLE> 

                                      F-18
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The income tax provision (benefit) differs from the amount of income tax
     determined by applying the U.S. Federal income tax rate to income (loss)
     before income taxes due to the following (in thousands):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                             DECEMBER 31,              DECEMBER 31,                
                                                          1995         1996               1997                    
                                                         ---------  ---------   --------------------------        
                                                          PRE-RECAPITALIZATION                    DETAILS         
                                                              COMPANY            DETAILS, INC.    CAPITAL         
     <S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>            <C> 
     Computed  "expected"  tax expense (benefit)         $  9,235    $  6,517    $ (6,979)      $ (9,476)         
     Increase (decrease) in income taxes                                                                          
      resulting from:                                                                                             
        State taxes, net of credits                           396         981      (1,135)        (1,591)         
        Effect of change in tax status                         --        (297)         --             --          
        Income not subject to Federal corporate tax        (9,235)       (996)         --             --          
        Other                                                  --          60          84            209          
                                                         ---------  ---------   -----------    -----------        
                                                         $    396    $  6,265    $ (8,030)      $(10,858)         
                                                         =========  ========-   ===========    ===========         
</TABLE> 

     The Company has Federal and California and Colorado net operating loss
     ("NOL") carryforwards of approximately $8.4 million, $11.4 million and $4.3
     million, respectively, at December 31, 1997. The Federal NOL carryforwards
     expire in 2012, the California NOL carryforwards expire in 2002, and the
     Colorado NOL carryforwards expire 2012.

9.   Commitments and Contingencies

     Environmental matters - The Company's operations are regulated under a
     number of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and
     regulations, which govern, among other things, the discharge of hazardous
     materials into the air and water as well as the handling, storage and
     disposal of such materials. Compliance with these environmental laws are
     major considerations for all PCB manufacturers because metals and other
     hazardous materials are used in the manufacturing process. In addition,
     because the Company is a generator of hazardous wastes, the Company, along
     with any other person who arranges for the disposal of such wastes, may be
     subject to potential financial exposure for costs associated with an
     investigation and remediation of sites at which it has arranged for the
     disposal of hazardous wastes, if such sites become contaminated. This is
     true even if the Company fully complies with applicable environmental laws.
     In addition, it is possible that in the future new or more stringent
     requirements could be imposed. Management believes it has complied with all
     applicable environmental laws and regulations. There have been no claims
     asserted nor is management aware of any unasserted claims for environmental
     matters.

     Employment Agreements - Pursuant to certain employment agreements dated
     September 1, 1995, as amended, effective until October 28, 2000, certain
     senior management are entitled to receive future annual base salaries in
     the aggregate amounts of $1.2 million in 1998 and $1.3 million in 1999. The
     base salaries on or after January 1, 2000 will be established by Details at
     a level that equals or exceeds base salaries for 1999. These employees are
     eligible for an annual bonus based upon the achievement of EBITDA targets,
     and received an award, of an aggregate of 10,367 shares of Class A Common
     of Holdings on the Recapitalization closing date. In connection with this
     stock bonus, the Company recorded compensation expense of approximately
     $52,000, based upon a fair market value per share of Class A Common of
     Holdings of $5 per share. In addition, these employees will be entitled to
     receive an additional bonus in the aggregate amounts of $2.4 million in
     consideration of prior services which will be payable on the third
     anniversary of the Recapitalization whether or not such employee is still
     employed by the Company. Management has accrued these bonuses to operations
     in 1997 at their present value.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Management Agreement - Pursuant to a management agreement among Bain
     Capital Partners V.L.P. ("Bain"), Holdings and Details (the "Management
     Agreement"), Bain is entitled to a management fee when, and if, it provides
     advisory services to Holdings or the Company in connection with potential
     business acquisitions. Beginning on the first anniversary of the
     Recapitalization, Bain may, upon the request of Holdings or the Company,
     perform certain management consulting services at Bain's customary rates
     plus reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket expenditures. In addition,
     Bain will receive a fee in an amount which will approximate 1% of the gross
     purchase price of any senior financing transaction in connection with an
     acquisition, recapitalization or refinancing transaction (including assumed
     debt). In connection with the Recapitalization, Bain was paid a transaction
     fee of approximately $3.1 million in costs and expenses. In connection with
     the NTI acquisition, Bain received a transaction fee of approximately
     $380,000. The Management Agreement continues in full force and effect,
     unless and until terminated by mutual consent of the parties, or until
     terminated as a result of a breach of the Management Agreement. The
     Management Agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor
     of Bain.

     Operating Leases - The Company has entered into various operating leases
     principally for office space and equipment that expire at various dates
     through 2006. Future annual minimum lease payments under all non-cancelable
     operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more
     consist of the following at December 31, 1997 (in thousands):

      YEAR ENDING
      DECEMBER 31,
         1998                                                 $    1,056
         1999                                                      1,056
         2000                                                      1,056
         2001                                                        981
         2002                                                        831
         Thereafter                                                1,315

     Litigation - The Company is a party to various legal actions arising in the
     ordinary course of its business. The Company believes that the resolution
     of these legal actions will not have a material adverse effect on the
     Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

     Retirement Plans - The Company has adopted a 401(k) plan which is effective
     January 1997. All employees of the Company over the age of 21 and having at
     least one year of service, are eligible to participate in the plan. The
     eligible employees may contribute 1% to 15% of their annual compensation
     and for the 1997 plan year, no matching contribution required to be made by
     the Company. At the discretion of the board of directors, they may elect to
     make a contribution which vests at various rates depending on the years of
     service until after six years when an employee would be 100% vested.
     Subsequent to December 31, 1997, the Company amended the plan to match
     employee contributions at $0.25 per $1.00 contributed, subject to a maximum
     of $750 per employee participant. No significant contributions were made in
     1997.

10.  NTI Acquisition

     On December 22, 1997, Details acquired all of the outstanding shares of
     common stock of NTI for approximately $38.9 million, including fees and
     expenses of approximately $500,000. The purchase price includes the
     assumption of approximately $7.4 million of NTI's debt and does not include
     the effect of a final purchase price adjustment. The acquisition was funded
     in part through the issuance of additional equity interests in Holdings in
     the aggregate amount of $10.2 million to

                                      F-20
<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     certain existing investors in Holdings as well as three new investors,
     including an existing investor in NTI. The remainder of the purchase price
     was funded with cash from Holdings and the $25 million Acquisition Facility
     borrowing under the Senior Credit Facility.

     The NTI acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method of
     accounting. As a result, the total acquisition cost has been allocated to
     the estimated fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired and
     liabilities assumed. Based upon management's estimate of the fair value of
     the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, Details has recorded $26.1
     million in goodwill, which will be amortized over a period of 25 years.
     Management is currently assessing adjustments to assets at fair value and
     liabilities assumed, and upon completion, the final purchase price
     allocation will be made.

     The accompanying consolidated statements of operations include the accounts
     of NTI from December 22, 1997 to December 31, 1997. The following unaudited
     pro forma statement of operations data for the years ended December 31,
     1996 and 1997 is presented assuming the NTI acquisition was consummated at
     the beginning of the respective periods (in thousands):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,                        
                                                      ---------------------------------------------------   
                                                              1996          1997             1997           
                                                      ---------------- --------------- ------------------   
                                                    PRE-RECAPITALIZATION                   DETAILS          
                                                           COMPANY        DETAILS, INC.    CAPITAL          
     <S>                                            <C>                 <C>             <C> 
     Net sales                                         $       95,121   $    109,549    $    109,549        
                                                      ---------------- --------------- ------------------   
     Net income (loss) before extraordinary item       $        8,751   $    (10,060)   $    (15,116)       
                                                      ================ =============== ==================    
</TABLE> 

     The unaudited pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of the
     actual results which have been realized had the acquisition actually
     occurred at the beginning of the respective periods.

11.  Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                            DECEMBER 31,              DECEMBER 31,         
                                                       --------------------------------------------------  
                                                         1995         1996         1997         1997       
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -------------  
                                                         PRE-RECAPITALIZATION                    DETAILS   
     CASH PAYMENTS FOR:                                       COMPANY           DETAILS, INC.    CAPITAL   
     <S>                                               <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>          
      Income taxes                                      $   633      $ 7,639      $    --      $    --     
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -------------  
      Interest                                          $   402      $ 7,774      $11,552      $11,552     
                                                       =========  ===========  ===========  =============   

     SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF INVESTING AND                                                                
      FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                                                                                
        Capital lease obligations incurred for                                                             
           acquisition of property and equipment       $     --      $ 6,615      $   646      $   646     
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -------------  
        Value of warrants issued in consideration                                                          
          of debt financing                            $    --       $ 1,300      $    --      $ 3,420      
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -------------   
</TABLE> 

     Recapitalization - As part of the Recapitalization (Notes 1 and 5): (i) the
     existing shareholders of the Pre-Recapitalization Company exchanged their
     shares of Old Common (recorded value of $8.0 million) for Class A and L
     common stock of Holdings (aggregate fair value of $21.9 million), and (ii)
     certain executives of the Pre-Recapitalization Company exchanged their
     options to purchase shares of Old Common (recorded value of $5.0 million)
     for replacement options to purchase Class A and L common stock of Holdings
     (aggregate fair value of $5.0 million).

                                      F-21

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.1

                                FIRST AMENDMENT

          FIRST AMENDMENT, dated as of December 5, 1997 (this "First
Amendment"), to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1997 and as
amended and restated as of December 5, 1997 (the "Credit Agreement"), among
DETAILS HOLDINGS, INC., a California corporation (the "Holdings"), DETAILS,
INC., a California corporation (the "Borrower"), the several lenders from time
to time parties thereto (the "Lenders") and THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as
documentation, syndication and administrative agent for the Lenders thereunder
(in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent"). For clarification purposes, it
is understood that Holdings was originally referred to in the Credit Agreement
as "the Company" and upon the effectiveness of the amendments contemplated
hereby will be referred to in the Credit Agreement as "Holdings". The Subsidiary
which it is planning to form in connection with the Second Push-Down (as defined
below) with the name of Details Capital Corp. will upon the effectiveness of the
amendments contemplated hereby be referred to in the Credit Agreement as "the
Company" but will be referred to in this First Amendment as "Details
Intermediate".


                                  WITNESSETH:


          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have agreed to
make, and have made, certain Loans to the Borrower; and

          WHEREAS, Holdings and the Borrower have requested that the Lenders
amend, and the Lenders have agreed to amend, certain of the provisions of the
Credit Agreement, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below;

          NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

          1. Defined Terms. As used herein, terms defined in this First
Amendment or in the Credit Agreement are used herein as so defined.

          2. Description of Second Push-Down. The parties hereto understand that
Holdings is contemplating a transaction pursuant to which it would contribute to
a wholly-owned domestic Subsidiary to be formed by it with the name of Details
Capital Corp. ("Details Intermediate") (i) all of its material assets (other
than the Capital Stock of Details Intermediate) and (ii) all of its material
liabilities, including, without limitation, the Company Zeros (such transaction,
the "Second Push-Down").

          3. Amendments to Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement is hereby
amended in the manner set forth on the pages of the Credit Agreement attached as
Annex A hereto.

          4. Effectiveness. The amendments provided for herein shall become
effective on the date (the "Effective Date") of satisfaction of the following
conditions precedent:


<PAGE>

          (a) The Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this
     First Amendment, duly executed and delivered by Holdings, the Borrower and
     each of the other parties hereto.

          (b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart of the
    Joinder Agreement attached as Annex B hereto, duly executed and delivered by
    Details Intermediate on the date upon which the Second Push-Down is
    consummated.

          (c) The Second Push-Down shall have been consummated.

          (d) The Administrative Agent shall have received legal opinions and
    such other documents (including, without limitation, UCC financing
    statements) as it may reasonably request in connection with the Second Push-
    Down and the transactions contemplated hereby.

          (e) All corporate and other proceedings, and all documents,
    instruments and other legal matters in connection with the transactions
    contemplated by this First Amendment shall be satisfactory in form and
    substance to the Administrative Agent.

          5. Representations and Warranties. After giving effect to the
amendments contained herein, on the Effective Date, each of Details Intermediate
and the Borrower hereby confirms, reaffirms and restates the representations and
warranties set forth in Section 4 of the Credit Agreement; provided that each
reference in such Section 4 to "this Agreement" shall be deemed to be a
reference both to this First Amendment and to the Credit Agreement as amended by
this First Amendment.

          6. Continuing Effect; No Other Amendments. All of the terms and
provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are and shall
remain in full force and effect. The amendments contained herein shall not
constitute an amendment or waiver of any other provision of the Credit Agreement
or the other Loan Documents or for any purpose except as expressly set forth
herein.

          7. No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing as of the Effective Date after giving effect to this First
Amendment.

          8. Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in any number of
counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which counterparts when so executed
shall be an original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute one and
the same instrument.

          9. GOVERNING LAW. THIS FIRST AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.



<PAGE>
 
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this First Amendment to be 
duly executed and delivered by their respective proper and duly authorized 
officers as of the day and year first above written.

                                   DETAILS HOLDINGS, INC.

                                   By: /s/ Joseph P. Gisch
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Title: Chief Financial Officer
  

                                   DETAILS, INC.

                                   By: /s/ Joseph P. Gisch
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Title: 
  

                                   THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
                                   as Administrative Agent and as a Lender

                                   By: /s/ Lawrence Palumbo, Jr.
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Title: Vice President   
     
<PAGE>
 
                                   STATE STREET BANK & TRUST COMPANY

                                   By: /s/ Mark H. Trachy
                                       --------------------------------------   
                                       Name:  Mark H. Trachy
                                       Title: Vice President, High Technology
<PAGE>
 
                                   CITY NATIONAL BANK

                                   By: /s/ Scott J. Kelley
                                       ----------------------
                                       Name:  Scott J. Kelley
                                       Title: Vice President 
<PAGE>
 
                                   IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY

                                   By: /s/ Mark H. Minter
                                       ----------------------
                                       Name:  Mark H. Minter
                                       Title: Director  
<PAGE>
 
                                   BANKBOSTON N.A.
 
                                   By: /s/ Jay L. Massimo
                                       ----------------------
                                       Name:  Jay L. Massimo  
                                       Title: Vice President
<PAGE>
 
                                   CRESCENT/MACH I PARTNERS, L.P.,
                                   by: TCW Asset Management Company,
                                   its Investment Manager

                                   By: /s/ Justin L. Driscoll
                                       --------------------------
                                       Name:  Justin L. Driscoll
                                       Title: Senior Vice President   
<PAGE>
 
                                   MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE
                                   INSURANCE CO.

                                   By: /s/ Clifford M. Noreen
                                       -------------------------
                                       Name:  Clifford M. Noreen
                                       Title: Managing Director    
<PAGE>
 
                                  MERRILL LYNCH PRIME RATE PORTFOLIO
                               
                                  By: Merrill Lynch Asset Management, L.P., as
                                  Investment Advisor

                                  By: /s/ Anthony R. Clemente
                                      ---------------------------
                                      Name:  Anthony R. Clemente
                                      Title: Authorized Signatory    
<PAGE>
 
                                   PILGRIM AMERICA PRIME RATE TRUST

                                   By: /s/ Thomas C. Hunt
                                       ----------------------------------
                                       Name:  Thomas C. Hunt
                                       Title: Assistant Portfolio Manager    
<PAGE>
 
                                   VAN KAMPEN AMERICAN CAPITAL PRIME
                                   RATE INCOME TRUST

                                   By: /s/ Kathleen A. Zarn
                                       ------------------------
                                       Name:  Kathleen A. Zarn
                                       Title: Vice President      
<PAGE>
 
                                                                         ANNEX A


                              [See Exhibit 10.2]
<PAGE>
 
 
                                                                       Annex B

                               JOINDER AGREEMENT

     JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of December 5, 1997, made by Details Capital 
Corp., a California corporation ("Details Intermediate") pursuant to the Credit 
Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1997 (as amended and restated as of December 
5, 1997, as amended by the First Amendment, dated as of December 5, 1997 (the 
"First Amendment") and as may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise 
modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among Details Holdings, 
Inc., a California corporation ("Holdings"), Details, Inc., a California 
corporation (the "Borrower"), the banks and financial institutions from time to 
time parties thereto and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent. 
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used 
herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

     For good and valid consideration, the sufficiency of which hereby is 
acknowledged, Details Intermediate hereby agrees as follows:

(a)  It agrees to become a party to the Credit Agreement on the terms set forth
     in the First Amendment and shall have all the rights and responsibilities
     as a party thereto pursuant to the terms thereof;

(b)  It assumes all liabilities and obligations and shall have all the rights
     and responsibilities of a Grantor and a Guarantor under the Guarantee and
     Collateral Agreement; and

(c)  It shall (i) be bound by all covenants, agreements, acknowledgements and
     other terms and provisions applicable to it, as a party to the Credit
     Agreement and the other Loan Documents pursuant to the terms thereof to the
     same extent, and in the same manner, as if it were a direct party thereto
     and (ii) perform all obligations required of it pursuant to the Credit
     Agreement and such Loan Documents.

     Details Intermediate hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed 
a copy (in execution form) of the Credit Agreement and the First Amendment (and 
all other amendments, supplements and other modifications thereto) and each of 
the Loan Documents referred to therein (including, without limitation, all 
amendments, supplements and other modifications thereto).

     Details Intermediate hereby represents and warrants that (a) all 
representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other 
Loan Documents which are applicable to it pursuant to the terms thereof (after 
giving effect to the First Amendment and this Joinder Agreement) are true and 
correct in all material respects and (b) immediately prior to and immediately 
after the effectiveness of this Joinder Agreement, no Default or Event of 
Default shall have occurred and be continuing.



<PAGE>
 
 

     This Joinder Agreement shall become effective upon the satisfaction of all 
the conditions to effectiveness set forth in the First Amendment.

     THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED 
IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Joinder Agreement to be
duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officer as of the 
date first written above.

                                                  DETAILS CAPITAL CORP.


                                                  By: 
                                                     --------------------------
                                                      Title:

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO;

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as Administrative Agent


By:
   ----------------------------
   Title:

 



<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.2

________________________________________________________________________________


                            DETAILS HOLDINGS, INC.
                                 DETAILS, INC.



                      __________________________________

                               CREDIT AGREEMENT
                               ________________

                                  dated as of
                               October 28, 1997

                                      and

                as Amended and Restated as of December 5, 1997

                      __________________________________



                           THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
            as Documentation, Syndication and Administrative Agent
                         ____________________________

                            CHASE SECURITIES INC.,
                                  as Arranger

                         [LOGO OF CHASE APPEARS HERE]

________________________________________________________________________________
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                               -----------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS..................................................... 1
     1.1  Defined Terms..................................................... 1
     1.2  Other Definitional Provisions.....................................21

SECTION 2.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS.................................22
     2.1  Term Loan Commitments.............................................22
     2.2  Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing.................................22
     2.3  Repayment of Term Loans...........................................23
     2.4  Revolving Credit Commitments......................................24
     2.5  Procedure for Revolving Credit Borrowing..........................24
     2.6  Swing Line Commitment.............................................25
     2.7  Procedure for Swing Line Borrowing;
           Refunding of Swing Line Loans....................................25
     2.8  Commitment Fees, etc..............................................27
     2.9  Termination or Reduction of Commitments...........................27
     2.10 Optional Prepayments..............................................27
     2.11 Mandatory Prepayments and Commitment
           Reductions.......................................................28
     2.12 Conversion and Continuation Options...............................29
     2.13 Minimum Amounts and Maximum Number of.............................30
           Eurodollar Tranches......................  ......................30
     2.14 Interest Rates and Payment Dates..................................30
     2.15 Computation of Interest and Fees..................................31
     2.16 Inability to Determine Interest Rate..............................31
     2.17 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments...................................33
     2.18 Requirements of Law...............................................34
     2.19 Taxes.............................................................35
     2.20 Indemnity
     2.21 Change of Lending Office..........................................36
     2.22 Replacement of Lenders under Certain
           Circumstances....................................................36

SECTION 3.  LETTERS OF CREDIT...............................................36
     3.1  L/C Commitment....................................................36
     3.2  Procedure for Issuance of Letter of Credit........................37
     3.3  Commissions, Fees and Other Charges...............................37
     3.4  L/C Participations................................................37
     3.5  Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower..........................38
     3.6  Obligations Absolute..............................................39
     3.7  Letter of Credit Payments.........................................39
     3.8  Applications......................................................39

SECTION 4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES..................................39
     4.1  Financial Condition...............................................39
     4.2  No Change.........................................................40
     4.3  Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law..........................40
     4.4  Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable
           Obligations......................................................41
     4.5  No Legal Bar......................................................41
     4.6  No Material Litigation............................................41
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
     4.7   No Default......................................................41
     4.8   Ownership of Property; Liens....................................41
     4.9   Intellectual Property...........................................42
     4.10  Taxes...........................................................42
     4.11  Federal Regulations.............................................42
     4.12  Labor Matters...................................................42
     4.13  ERISA...........................................................42
     4.14  Investment Company Act; Other Regulations.......................43
     4.15  Subsidiaries....................................................43
     4.16  Use of Proceeds.................................................43
     4.17  Environmental Matters...........................................43
     4.18  Accuracy of Information, etc....................................44
     4.19  Security Documents..............................................45
     4.20  Solvency........................................................45
     4.21  Senior Indebtedness.............................................45

SECTION 5.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT...........................................45
     5.1  Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit........................45
     5.2  Conditions to Each Extension of Credit...........................48

SECTION 6.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS..........................................48
     6.1  Financial Statements.............................................48
     6.2  Certificates; Other Information..................................49
     6.3  Payment of Obligations...........................................50
     6.4  Conduct of Business and Maintenance of
           Existence, etc..................................................51
     6.5  Maintenance of Property; Insurance...............................51
     6.6  Inspection of Property; Books and Records;
           Discussions.....................................................51
     6.7  Notices..........................................................51
     6.8  Environmental Laws...............................................52
     6.9  Interest Rate Protection.........................................52
     6.10 Additional Collateral, etc.......................................52

SECTION 7.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS.............................................53
     7.1  Financial Condition Covenants....................................54
     7.2  Limitation on Indebtedness.......................................55
     7.3  Limitation on Liens..............................................56
     7.4  Limitation on Fundamental Changes................................57
     7.5  Limitation on Sale of Assets.....................................57
     7.6  Limitation on Dividends..........................................58
     7.7  Limitation on Capital Expenditures...............................58
     7.8  Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances....................59
     7.9  Limitation on Optional Payments and Modifications of Debt
           Instruments, etc................................................60
     7.10 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.......................60
     7.11 Limitation on Sales and Leasebacks...............................61
     7.12 Limitation on Changes in Fiscal Periods..........................61
     7.13 Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses............................61
     7.14 Limitation on Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions...........62
</TABLE>

                                     -ii-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
     7.15  Limitation on Lines of Business.................................  62
     7.16  Limitation on Amendments to Transaction Documents...............  62
     7.17  Limitation on Activities of the Company.........................  62

SECTION 8.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT..............................................  62

SECTION 9.  THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.......................................  66
     9.1  Appointment......................................................  66
     9.2  Delegation of Duties.............................................  66
     9.3  Exculpatory Provisions...........................................  66
     9.4  Reliance by Administrative Agent.................................  66
     9.5  Notice of Default................................................  67
     9.6  Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders.........................  67
     9.7  Indemnification..................................................  67
     9.8  Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity................... 68
     9.9  Successor Administrative Agent...................................  68
     9.10 Authorization to Release Liens...................................  69

SECTION 10.  MISCELLANEOUS.................................................  69
     10.1  Amendments and Waivers..........................................  69
     10.2  Notices.........................................................  69
     10.3  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies..................................  70
     10.4  Survival of Representations and Warranties......................  70
     10.5  Payment of Expenses and Taxes...................................  71
     10.6  Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments..........  71
     10.7  Adjustments; Set-off............................................  74
     10.8  Counterparts....................................................  75
     10.9  Severability....................................................  75
     10.10 Integration.....................................................  75
     10.11 GOVERNING LAW...................................................  75
     10.12 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers.............................  75
     10.13 Acknowledgements................................................  76
     10.14 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL...........................................  76
     10.15 Confidentiality.................................................  76
</TABLE>


                                   SCHEDULES
                  ---------------------------------------------

Schedule 1.1      Commitments
Schedule 4.4      Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices
Schedule 4.10     Taxes
Schedule 4.15     Subsidiaries
Schedule 4.19(a)  UCC Filing Jurisdictions
Schedule 7.2(e)   Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 7.3(e)   Existing Liens

                                     -iii-
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBITS
                  ---------------------------------------------

Exhibit A         Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
Exhibit B         Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit C         Form of Closing Certificate
Exhibit D         Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit E         Form of Legal Opinion of Ropes & Gray
Exhibit F-1       Form of Term Note
Exhibit F-2       Form of Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit F-3       Form of Alternative Term Note
Exhibit F-4       Form of Alternative Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit F-5       Form of Swing Line Note
Exhibit G         Form of Prepayment Option Notice

                                     -iv-
<PAGE>
 
          CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of October 28, 1997 (and as amended and
restated as of December 5, 1997), among DETAILS HOLDINGS, INC., (formerly known
as Details, Inc.), a California corporation (the "Company"), DETAILS, INC., a
                                                  -------                    
California corporation (the "Borrower"), the several banks and other financial
                             --------                                         
institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (the
"Lenders"), and THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as documentation, syndication and
- --------                                                                   
administrative agent.

          The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                            SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS

          1.1  Defined Terms.  As used in this Agreement, the terms listed in 
               -------------  
this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section
1.1.

          "ABR":  for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, 
           ---   
to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on
such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2
of 1%.  For purposes hereof:  "Prime Rate" shall mean the rate of interest per
                               ----------                                     
annum publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its
prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City (the Prime Rate
not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by the
Administrative Agent in connection with extensions of credit to debtors); and
                                                                             
"Federal Funds Effective Rate" shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of
- -----------------------------                                                  
the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal
Reserve System arranged by federal

funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which
is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such
transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds
brokers of recognized standing selected by it.  Any change in the ABR due to a
change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective
as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime
Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

          "ABR Loans":  Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based 
           ---------    
upon the ABR.

          "Accepting Lenders":  as defined in Section 2.17(d).
           -----------------                                  

          "Acquisition Term Loan":  as defined in Section 2.1.
           ---------------------                              

          "Acquisition Term Loan Commitment":  as to any Lender, the obligation 
           -------------------------------- 
of such Lender, if any, to make an Acquisition Term Loan to the Borrower
hereunder in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the
heading "Acquisition Term Loan Commitment" opposite such Lender's name on
Schedule 1.1.

          "Acquisition Term Loan Lender":  each Lender which has an Acquisition 
           ----------------------------   
Term Loan Commitment or which has made an Acquisition Term Loan.

          "Acquisition Term Loan Percentage":  as to any Acquisition Term Loan 
           --------------------------------
Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender's Acquisition Term Loan
Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Acquisition Term Loan Commitments
(or, at any time after the
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               2

Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such
Lender's Acquisition Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate
principal amount of the Acquisition Term Loans then outstanding).

          "Adjustment Date":  as defined in the Pricing Grid.
           ---------------                                   

          "Administrative Agent":  The Chase Manhattan Bank, together with its
           --------------------                                               
affiliates, as the arranger of the Commitments and as the documentation,
syndication and administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents, together with any of its successors.

          "Affiliate":  as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or
           ---------                                                         
indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with,
such Person.  For purposes of this definition, "control" of a Person means the
power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 10% or more of the securities
having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or persons
performing similar functions) of such Person or (b) direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or
otherwise.  In addition, for the purpose of this Agreement, an Affiliate of Bain
Capital shall include any Bain Investor or any investment fund under common
control with the Bain Investors.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the
Lenders or any of their respective affiliates shall be deemed to be Affiliates
of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

          "Agreement":  this Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented or 
           ---------      
otherwise modified from time to time.

          "Alternative Note":  as defined in Section 10.6(f)(ii).
           ----------------                                      

          "Alternative Noteholder":  as defined in Section 10.6(f)(ii).
           ----------------------                                      

          "Applicable Margin":  for each Type of Loan, the rate per annum set 
           -----------------  
forth under the relevant column heading below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Eurodollar
                                                  ABR Loans   Loans
                                                 -----------  ------
<S>                                              <C>          <C>
                 Revolving Credit Loans and
                       Swing Line Loans             1.50%      2.50%
                 Tranche A Term Loans and                   
                       Acquisition Term Loans       1.50%      2.50%
                 Tranche B Term Loans               1.75%      2.75%
</TABLE>

; provided, that on and after the first Adjustment Date occurring after the
  --------                                                                 
completion of four full fiscal quarters of the Borrower after the Closing Date,
the Applicable Margin with respect to Revolving Credit Loans, the Swing Line
Loans, the Acquisition Term Loans and Tranche A Term Loans will be determined
pursuant to the Pricing Grid.

          "Application":  an application, in such form as the Issuing Lender may
           -----------                                                          
specify from time to time, requesting the Issuing Lender to open a Letter of
Credit.

          "Approved Fund":  with respect to any Lender that is a fund that
           -------------                                                  
invests in commercial loans, any other fund that invests in commercial loans and
is managed by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of
such investment advisor.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               3

          "Asset Sale":  any Disposition of Property or series of related
           ----------                                                    
Dispositions of Property (excluding any such Disposition permitted by clause
(a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) of Section 7.5) which yields gross proceeds to the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries (valued at the initial principal amount
thereof in the case of non-cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt
securities and valued at fair market value in the case of other non-cash
proceeds) in excess of $500,000.

          "Assignee":  as defined in Section 10.6(c).
           --------                                  

          "Assignor":  as defined in Section 10.6(c).
           --------                                  

          "Available Revolving Credit Commitment":  as to any Revolving Credit
           -------------------------------------                              
Lender at any time, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) such Lender's
Revolving Credit Commitment over (b) such Lender's Revolving Extensions of
                            ----                                          
Credit.

          "Bain Affiliates":  any Bain Investor or Affiliate of Bain Capital,
           ---------------                                                   
provided that, for purposes of the definition of "Change of Control", the term
- --------                                                                      
Bain Affiliate shall not include (x) any portfolio company of either Bain
Capital or any Affiliate of Bain Capital or (y) any officer or director of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is not also a partner, principal or
stockholder of Bain Capital.

          "Bain Capital":  Bain Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
           ------------                                               

          "Bain Investor":  Bain Capital Fund V, L.P., Bain Capital Fund V-B,
           -------------                                                     
L.P., BCIP Associates, BCIP Trust Associates, L.P and RGIP, LLC.

          "Base CapEx Amount":  as defined in Section 7.7.
           -----------------                              

          "Board":  the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the
           -----                                                               
United States (or any successor).

          "Borrower":  as defined in the preamble.
           --------                               

          "Borrowing Date":  any Business Day specified by the Borrower as a
           --------------                                                   
date on which the Borrower requests the relevant Lenders to make Loans
hereunder.

          "Business":  as defined in Section 4.17.
           --------                               

          "Business Day":  (i) for all purposes other than as covered by cause
           ------------                                                       
(ii) below, a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial
banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close and (ii) with
respect to all notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of
principal and interest on, Eurodollar Loans, any day which is a Business Day
described in clause (i) and which is also a day for trading by and between banks
in Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.

          "Capital Expenditures":  for any period, with respect to any Person,
           --------------------                                               
the aggregate of all expenditures by such Person and its Subsidiaries for the
acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease) of fixed or capital assets
or additions to equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and
improvements during such period) which should be capitalized under GAAP on a
consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               4

          "Capital Lease Obligations":  as to any Person, the obligations of
           -------------------------                                        
such Person under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use)
real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which are required to be
classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person
under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such
obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time
determined in accordance with GAAP.

          "Capital Stock":  any and all shares, interests, participations or
           -------------                                                    
other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any
and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation)
and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

          "Cash Equivalents":  (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or
           ----------------                                                   
unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any
agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in
each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (b)
certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits or overnight
bank deposits having maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition
issued by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the
United States of America or any state thereof having combined capital and
surplus of not less than $500,000,000; (c) commercial paper of an issuer rated
at least A-2 by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services or P-2 by Moody's Investors
Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized
rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings
of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within one year from the
date of acquisition; (d) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of
the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or
any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of
acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, rated at least A-2 by
Standard & Poor's Ratings Services or P-2 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;
and (e) investments in money market funds substantially all the assets of which
are comprised of securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (d)
above.

          "Change of Control":  any of the following events:
           -----------------                                

(a)  prior to the date of an initial registered public offering by the Company
     of its common stock, (i) Bain Capital and Bain Affiliates shall cease to
     own (on a fully diluted basis) at least 20% of the economic and voting
     interests in the Capital Stock of the Company or (ii) the Permitted Holders
     shall cease to "control" (as such term is defined in Rule 405 promulgated
     under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) the Company; or

(b)  from and after the date of an initial registered public offering by the
     Company of its common stock, (i) any Person or "group" (within the meaning
     of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in
     effect on the Closing Date) shall own a greater percentage of the voting
     and/or economic interest in the Capital Stock of the Company than that
     owned by Bain Capital and/or the Bain Affiliates or (ii) the Board of
     Directors of the Company shall cease to consist of a majority of Continuing
     Directors.

          "Closing Date":  the date on which the conditions precedent set forth
           ------------                                                        
in Section 5.1 shall have been satisfied, which date shall be no later than
December 31, 1997.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               5

          "Code":  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
           ----                                                              
time.

          "Collateral":  all Property of the Loan Parties, now owned or
           ----------                                                  
hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security
Document.

          "Commitment":  as to any Lender, the sum of the Tranche A Term Loan
           ----------                                                        
Commitment, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, the Acquisition Term Loan
Commitment and the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender.

          "Commitment Fee Rate":  1/2 of 1% per annum; provided, that on and
           -------------------                         --------             
after the first Adjustment Date occurring after the completion of four full
fiscal quarters of the Borrower after the Closing Date, the Commitment Fee Rate
will be determined pursuant to the Pricing Grid.

          "Commonly Controlled Entity":  an entity, whether or not incorporated,
           --------------------------                                           
which is under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section
4001 of ERISA or is part of a group which includes the Borrower and which is
treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

          "Company":  as defined in the preamble.
           -------                               

          "Company Indenture":  the Indenture entered into by the Company in
           -----------------                                                
connection with the issuance of the Company Zeros, together with all instruments
and other agreements entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in
connection therewith, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time in accordance with Section 7.9.

          "Company Interim Credit Facility":  the Company Interim Credit
           -------------------------------                              
Facility, dated as of October 28, 1997, among the Company, The Chase Manhattan
Bank, as administrative agent, and the other lenders from time to time party
thereto, together with all documents executed in connection therewith
(including, without limitation, any Exchange Notes issued pursuant thereto).

          "Company Zeros":  the senior unsecured discount notes of the Company
           -------------                                                      
issued pursuant to the Company Indenture.

          "Compliance Certificate":  a certificate duly executed by a
           ----------------------                                    
Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

          "Confidential Information Memorandum":  the Confidential Information
           -----------------------------------                                
Memorandum dated October 1997 prepared by the Company with respect to the
issuance of the Company Interim Credit Facility.

          "Consolidated Current Assets":  at a particular date, all amounts
           ---------------------------                                     
(other than cash and Cash Equivalents) which would, in conformity with GAAP, be
set forth opposite the caption "total current assets" (or any like caption) on a
consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date.

          "Consolidated Current Liabilities":  at a particular date, all amounts
           --------------------------------                                     
which would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption "total
current liabilities" (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               6

such date, but excluding (a) the current portion of any Funded Debt of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (b) without duplication of clause (a) above,
all Indebtedness consisting of Revolving Credit Loans to the extent otherwise
included therein.

          "Consolidated EBITDA":  for any period, Consolidated Net Income for
           -------------------                                               
such period plus, (a) without duplication and to the extent reflected as a
            ----                                                          
charge in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum
of (i) total income tax expense, (ii) total interest expense, amortization or
writeoff of debt discount and debt issuance costs and commissions, discounts and
other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness (including the Loans), (iii)
depreciation and amortization expense, (iv) amortization of intangibles
(including, but not limited to, goodwill) and organization costs, (v) any
extraordinary or non-recurring expenses or losses (including, whether or not
otherwise includable as a separate item in the statement of such Consolidated
Net Income for such period, losses on sales of assets outside of the ordinary
course of business), (vi) charges for the write-off of any step-up in basis in
inventory required in a transaction which is accounted for under the purchase
method of accounting, (vii) any other non-cash charges and (viii) all management
fees paid to Bain Capital and the Bain Affiliates permitted by Section 7.10,
minus, (b) to the extent included in the statement of such Consolidated Net
- -----                                                                      
Income for such period, the sum of (i) interest income, (ii) any extraordinary
or non-recurring income or gains (including, whether or not otherwise includable
as a separate item in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such
period, gains on the sales of assets outside of the ordinary course of business)
and (iii) any other non-cash income (other than non-cash income resulting from
the Company's accrual method of accounting in accordance with past practice).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be added to Consolidated EBITDA on a
pro forma basis for purposes of computing the financial covenants for any period
- --- -----                                                                       
set forth in Section 7.1 (i) the amount of compensation and other payments paid
to James I. Swenson (not to exceed $2,400,000) which were deducted in computing
Consolidated Net Income for such period and (ii) the expenses deducted in
computing Consolidated Net Income for such period which were associated with the
vesting and exercise by existing management of the Company of options on the
Capital Stock of the Company on or prior to the Closing Date and the bonuses
paid to such existing management pursuant to Section 1.11 of the Transaction
Agreement.

          "Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio":  for any period, the ratio
           ----------------------------------------                             
of (a) the total of (i) Consolidated EBITDA for such period less (ii) the
aggregate amount actually paid by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in cash
during such period on account of Capital Expenditures (excluding the principal
amount of Indebtedness incurred in connection with such expenditures and any
Capital Expenditures financed with Reinvestment Deferred Amounts) less (iii) any
provision for cash income taxes made by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis in respect of such period to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges
for such period.

          "Consolidated Fixed Charges":  for any period, the sum (without
           --------------------------                                    
duplication) of (a) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period and (b)
scheduled payments made during such period on account of principal of
Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (including the Term
Loans).

          "Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio":  for any period, the ratio of
           ------------------------------------                                
(a) Consolidated EBITDA for such period to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for
such period; provided that, for purposes of determining such ratio at a time
             --------                                                       
when less than four full fiscal quarters of the Company have begun after and
fully elapsed since the Closing Date, (x) Consolidated EBITDA for the relevant
period shall be deemed to be the sum of (i) the
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               7

aggregate Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for those fiscal quarters which
have begun after and fully elapsed since the Closing Date and (ii) the aggregate
Consolidated EBITDA (determined on a pro forma basis, as if the Transaction had
occurred on the first day of such period) of the Company for the requisite
number of consecutive fiscal quarters commencing prior to the Closing Date and
(y) Consolidated Interest Expense shall be determined by annualizing the
Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company for those fiscal quarters which
have begun after and fully elapsed since the Closing Date.

          "Consolidated Interest Expense":  for any period, all cash interest
           -----------------------------                                     
expense (including that attributable to Capital Lease Obligations) of the
Company and its Subsidiaries for such period with respect to all outstanding
Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation,
all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to
letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing and net costs under Interest
Rate Protection Agreements to the extent such net costs are allocable to such
period in accordance with GAAP).

          "Consolidated Leverage Ratio":  as at the last day of any period, the
           ---------------------------                                         
ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt on such day to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for
such period; provided that, for purposes of determining such ratio at a time
             --------                                                       
when less than four full fiscal quarters of the Company have begun after and
fully elapsed since the Closing Date, Consolidated EBITDA for the relevant
period shall be deemed to be the sum of (x) the aggregate Consolidated EBITDA of
the Company for those fiscal quarters which have begun after and fully elapsed
since the Closing Date and (y) the aggregate Consolidated EBITDA (determined on
a pro forma basis, as if the Transaction had occurred on the first day of such
period) of the Company for the requisite number of consecutive fiscal quarters
commencing prior to the Closing Date.

          "Consolidated Net Income":  for any period, the consolidated net
           -----------------------                                        
income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be
                                            --------                    
excluded therefrom (a) the income (or deficit) of any Person accrued prior to
the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or is merged into or
consolidated with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) the income (or
deficit) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Borrower) in which the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the
extent that any such income is actually received by the Borrower or such
Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions and (c) the
undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the extent that the
declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary
is not at the time permitted by the terms of any Contractual Obligation (other
than under any Loan Document) or Requirement of Law applicable to such
Subsidiary.

          "Consolidated Total Debt":  at any date, the aggregate principal
           -----------------------                                        
amount of all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date,
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

          "Consolidated Working Capital":  the excess of Consolidated Current
           ----------------------------                                      
Assets over Consolidated Current Liabilities.

          "Continuing Directors":  the directors of the Company on the Closing
           --------------------                                               
Date and each other director if such director's nomination for the election to
the Board of Directors of the Company is recommended by a majority of the then
Continuing Directors.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               8

          "Contractual Obligation":  as to any Person, any provision of any
           ----------------------                                          
security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other
undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its
Property is bound.

          "Default":  any of the events specified in Section 8, whether or not
           -------                                                            
any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been
satisfied.

          "Designated Equity Amounts":  at any date, the amount equal to the
           -------------------------                                        
aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company and its
Subsidiaries from the issuance of Capital Stock which (a) have been designated
in writing by the Company to the Administrative Agent as "Permitted Expenditure
Amounts" and (b) are utilized by the Company and its Subsidiaries within 45 days
after such receipt for an Expenditure Use Amount.

          "DI Acquisition":  DI Acquisition Corp., a California corporation.
           --------------                                                   

          "Disposition":  with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale
           -----------                                                       
and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof;
and the terms "Dispose" and "Disposed of" shall have correlative meanings.
               -------       -----------                                  

          "Dollars" and "$":  dollars in lawful currency of the United States of
           -------       -                                                      
America.

          "Domestic Subsidiary":  any Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under
           -------------------                                                  
the laws of any jurisdiction within the United States of America.

          "ECF Percentage":  75%; provided, that, with respect to each fiscal
           --------------         --------                                   
year of the Borrower ending on or after December 31, 1998, the ECF Percentage
shall be reduced to 50% if the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio for the
period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the last day of such fiscal
year is at least 2.5 to 1.0 and the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the last
day of such fiscal year is not greater than 4.0 to 1.0.

          "Environmental Laws":  any and all foreign, Federal, state, local or
           ------------------                                                 
municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes,
decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law
(including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or
standards of conduct concerning protection of human health or the environment,
as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.

          "ERISA":  the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
           -----                                                           
amended from time to time.

          "Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements":  for any day as applied to a
           ---------------------------------                               
Eurodollar Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum rates
(expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day
(including, without limitation, basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency
reserves under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority
having jurisdiction with respect thereto) dealing with reserve requirements
prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency
Liabilities" in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a member bank of the
Federal Reserve System.

          "Eurodollar Base Rate":  with respect to each day during each Interest
           --------------------                                                 
Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum determined by the
Administrative Agent
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               9

to be the offered rate for deposits in Dollars with a term comparable to such
Interest Period that appears on the applicable Telerate Page at approximately
10:00 A.M., New York City time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such
Interest Period; provided, however, that if at any time for any reason such
                 --------  -------                                         
offered rate does not appear on the applicable Telerate Page, "Eurodollar Base
Rate" shall mean, with respect to each day during each Interest Period
pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum equal to the rate at which
the Administrative Agent is offered Dollar deposits at or about 10:00 A.M., New
York City time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period
in the interbank eurodollar market where the eurodollar and foreign currency and
exchange operations in respect of its Eurodollar Loans are then being conducted
for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days
comprised therein and in an amount comparable to the amount of its Eurodollar
Loans to be outstanding during such Interest Period.

          "Eurodollar Loans":  Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is
           ----------------                                                     
based upon the Eurodollar Rate.

          "Eurodollar Rate":  with respect to each day during each Interest
           ---------------                                                 
Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum determined for such day
in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th
of 1%):

                             Eurodollar Base Rate
                    ----------------------------------------
                    1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements

          "Eurodollar Tranche":  the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans
           ------------------                                                
the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same
date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally
have been made on the same day).

          "Event of Default":  any of the events specified in Section 8,
           ----------------                                             
provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or
- --------                                                                     
both, has been satisfied.

          "Excess Cash Flow":  for any fiscal year of the Borrower, the excess,
           ----------------                                                    
if any, of (a) the sum, without duplication, of (i) Consolidated Net Income for
such fiscal year, (ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges
deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, (iii) decreases in
Consolidated Working Capital for such fiscal year, (iv) an amount equal to the
aggregate net non-cash loss on the Disposition of Property by the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries during such fiscal year (other than sales of inventory in the
ordinary course of business), to the extent deducted in arriving at such
Consolidated Net Income, (v) the amount, if any, by which Consolidated Working
Capital was increased by changes in the current deferred income tax account and
(vi) the amount by which Consolidated Working Capital was increased as a result
of the payment in such fiscal year of items referred to in clause (b)(vii) below
over (b) the sum, without duplication, of (i) an amount equal to the amount of
- ----                                                                          
all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, (ii)
the aggregate amount actually paid by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in cash
during such fiscal year on account of Capital Expenditures (excluding the
principal amount of Indebtedness incurred in connection with such expenditures
and any such expenditures financed with the proceeds of any portion of the
Reinvestment Deferred Amount that exceeded any gain recognized as a result of
the event that gave rise to such Deferred Investment Amount), (iii) the
aggregate amount of all prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line
Loans during such fiscal year to the extent accompanying permanent optional
reductions of the Revolving Credit Commitments and all optional
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              10

prepayments of the Term Loans during such fiscal year, (iv) the aggregate amount
of all principal payments of Funded Debt (including, without limitation, the
Term Loans) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries made during such fiscal year
(other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is
not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), (v) increases
in Consolidated Working Capital for such fiscal year, (vi) an amount equal to
the aggregate net non-cash gain on the Disposition of Property by the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal year (other than sales of inventory in
the ordinary course of business), to the extent included in arriving at such
Consolidated Net Income, (vii) the amount of non cash charges that decreased
Consolidated Working Capital during such fiscal year which resulted from items
that the Borrower reasonably determines in good faith are expected to be paid in
cash in the immediately following fiscal year, (viii) any cash disbursement made
against non-current liabilities to the extent not deducted in determining
Consolidated Net Income, (ix) the amount, if any, by which Consolidated Working
Capital was decreased by changes in the current deferred income tax account, (x)
the amount of distributions permitted by Section 7.6 which were made in such
fiscal year, (xi) the amount of investments, advances, loans or extensions of
credit made pursuant to clauses (d), (e), (i) and (j) of Section 7.8, to the
extent not funded by the incurrence of Indebtedness or contributions to capital
and (xii) any payments made to the former shareholders of the Company pursuant
to Section 1.11 of the Transaction Agreement.

          "Excess Cash Flow Application Date":  as defined in Section 2.11(c).
           ---------------------------------                                  

          "Excluded Foreign Subsidiaries":  any Foreign Subsidiary the pledge of
           -----------------------------                                        
all of whose Capital Stock as Collateral would, in the good faith judgment of
the Borrower, result in adverse tax consequences to the Borrower.

          "Expenditure Use Amounts":  at any date, the amount equal to the sum
           -----------------------                                            
of (a) all amounts utilized by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to finance
Capital Expenditures, other than Capital Expenditures which are (i) not in
excess of the Base CapEx Amount for the relevant fiscal year and any permitted
rollovers to such fiscal year of unused amounts from the prior fiscal year or
(ii) financed with Deferred Reinvestment Amounts, (b) all amounts utilized by
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to finance investments permitted pursuant to
Section 7.8(i), except to the extent that the consideration (determined in
accordance with such Section 7.8(i)) for all such investments made since the
Closing Date does not exceed $30,000,000 in the aggregate and (c) all amounts
utilized by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to finance investments permitted
pursuant to Section 7.8(j), except to the extent that the aggregate amount of
all such investments (valued at cost, but net of returns of capital from such
investments) made since the Closing Date does not exceed $5,000,000.

          "Facility":  each of (a) the Tranche A Term Loan Commitments and the
           --------                                                           
Tranche A Term Loans made thereunder (the "Tranche A Term Loan Facility"), (b)
                                           ----------------------------       
the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and the Tranche B Term Loans made thereunder
(the "Tranche B Term Loan Facility"), (c) the Acquisition Term Loan Commitments
      ----------------------------                                             
and the Acquisition Term Loans made thereunder (the "Acquisition Term Loan
                                                     ---------------------
Facility") and (d) the Revolving Credit Commitments and the extensions of credit
- --------                                                                        
made thereunder (the "Revolving Credit Facility").
                      -------------------------   

          "Foreign Subsidiary":  any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a
           ------------------                                                
Domestic Subsidiary.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              11

          "Funded Debt":  as to any Person, all Indebtedness of such Person that
           -----------                                                          
matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one
year from such date but is renewable or extendible, at the option of such
Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving
credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend
credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including, without
limitation, all current maturities and current sinking fund payments in respect
of such Indebtedness whether or not required to be paid within one year from the
date of its creation and, in the case of the Borrower, Indebtedness in respect
of the Loans.

          "GAAP":  generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
           ----                                                                 
of America as in effect from time to time set forth in the opinions and
pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants and the statements and pronouncements of the
Financial Accounting Standards Board and the rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, or in such other statements by such other
entity as may be in general use by significant segments of the accounting
profession, which are applicable to the circumstances of the Borrower as of the
date of determination, except that for purposes of Section 7.1, GAAP shall be
determined on the basis of such principles in effect on the date hereof and
consistent with those used in the preparation of the most recent audited
financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(b).  In the event that
any "Accounting Change" (as defined below) shall occur and such change results
in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or
terms in this Agreement, then the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to
enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so
as to equitably reflect such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the
criteria for evaluating the Borrower's financial condition shall be the same
after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made.
Until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by
the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, all financial
covenants, standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated
or construed as if such Accounting Changes had not occurred.  "Accounting
Changes" refers to changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation
of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting
Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or, if
applicable, the Securities and Exchange Commission (or successors thereto or
agencies with similar functions).

          "Governmental Authority":  any nation or government, any state or
           ----------------------                                          
other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining
to government (including, without limitation, the National Association of
Insurance Commissioners).

          "Guarantee and Collateral Agreement":  the Guarantee and Collateral
           ----------------------------------                                
Agreement to be executed and delivered by the Company, the Borrower and each
Subsidiary Guarantor, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, as the same may be
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

          "Guarantee Obligation":  as to any Person (the "guaranteeing person"),
           --------------------                           -------------------   
any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person (including,
without limitation, any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation
of which the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or
similar obligation, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any
Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the "primary obligations")
                                                           -------------------  
of any other third Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether
                                ---------------                         
directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              12

the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such
primary obligation or any Property constituting direct or indirect security
therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any
such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of
the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the
primary obligor, (iii) to purchase Property, securities or services primarily
for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the
ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or
(iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary
obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term
                                            --------  -------               
Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit
or collection in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of any Guarantee
Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an
amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in
respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount
for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the
instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation
and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not
stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation
shall be such guaranteeing person's maximum reasonably anticipated liability in
respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

          "Guarantors":  the collective reference to the Subsidiary Guarantors
           ----------                                                         
and the Company.

          "Incur":  as defined in Section 7.2.
           -----                              

          "Indebtedness":  of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a)
           ------------                                                       
all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such
Person for the deferred purchase price of Property or services (other than trade
payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person's business which are
current liabilities), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes,
bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or
arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with
respect to Property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies
of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited
to repossession or sale of such Property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of
such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an
account party under bankers' acceptance, letter of credit or similar facilities,
(g) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, to purchase,
redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock (other than
common stock) of such Person, (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in
respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above;
(i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above
secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right,
contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on Property (including,
without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether
or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such
obligation; and (j) for the purposes of Section 8(e) only, the net exposure of
such Person in respect of Interest Rate Protection Agreements.

          "Insolvency":  with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition
           ----------                                                         
that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

          "Insolvent":  pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.
           ---------                                            
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              13

          "Intellectual Property":  the collective reference to all rights,
           ---------------------                                           
priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising
under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including,
without limitation, copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent licenses,
trademarks, trademark licenses, technology, know-how and processes, and all
rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment
thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

          "Interest Payment Date":  (a) as to any ABR Loan, the last day of each
           ---------------------                                                
March, June, September and December to occur while such Loan is outstanding and
the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an
Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period,
(c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three
months, each day which is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the
first day of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period and
(d) as to any Loan (other than any Revolving Credit Loan that is an ABR Loan and
any Swing Line Loan), the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect
thereof.

          "Interest Period":  as to any Eurodollar Loan, (a) initially, the
           ---------------                                                 
period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with
respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months
thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of borrowing or notice of
conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and (b) thereafter,
each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period
applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months
thereafter, as selected by the Borrower by irrevocable notice to the
Administrative Agent not less than three Business Days prior to the last day of
the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that, all of the
                                                       --------                 
foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

               (i)    if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that
     is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next
     succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to
     carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such
     Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

               (ii)   any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond the
     Scheduled Revolving Credit Termination Date or beyond the date final
     payment is due on the Tranche A Term Loans, the Tranche B Term Loans or the
     Acquisition Term Loans, as the case may be, shall end on the Scheduled
     Revolving Credit Termination Date or such due date, as applicable;

               (iii)  any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day
     of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically
     corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period)
     shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and

               (iv)   the Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to
     require a payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Loan during an Interest
     Period for such Loan.

          "Interest Rate Protection Agreement":  any interest rate protection
           ----------------------------------                                
agreement, interest rate futures contract, interest rate option, interest rate
cap or other interest rate hedge
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              14

arrangement, to or under which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a
party or a beneficiary on the date hereof or becomes a party or a beneficiary
after the date hereof.

          "Issuing Lender":  The Chase Manhattan Bank or any of its Affiliates,
           --------------                                                      
in its capacity as issuer of any Letter of Credit.

          "L/C Commitment":  $5,000,000.
           --------------               

          "L/C Fee Payment Date":  the last day of each March, June, September
           --------------------                                               
and December and the last day of the Revolving Credit Commitment Period.

          "L/C Obligations":  at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the
           ---------------                                                      
aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of the then outstanding Letters of
Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under Letters of Credit which
have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 3.5.

          "L/C Participants":  the collective reference to all the Revolving
           ----------------                                                 
Credit Lenders other than the Issuing Lender.

          "Letters of Credit":  as defined in Section 3.1(a).
           -----------------                                 

          "Lien":  any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit
           ----                                                            
arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security
interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential
arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having
substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

          "Loan":  any loan made by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.
           ----                                                           

          "Loan Documents":  this Agreement, the Security Documents and the
           --------------                                                  
Notes.

          "Loan Parties":  the Company, the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the
           ------------                                                        
Borrower which is a party to a Loan Document.

          "Majority Acquisition Term Loan Facility Lenders":  the Majority
           -----------------------------------------------                
Facility Lenders in respect of the Acquisition Term Loan Facility.

          "Majority Facility Lenders":  with respect to any Facility, the
           -------------------------                                     
holders of more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term
Loans or the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit, as the case may be,
outstanding under such Facility (or, in the case of (x) the Revolving Credit
Facility, prior to any termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments, the
holders of more than 50% of the Total Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the
Acquisition Term Loan Facility, prior to the termination of the Acquisition Term
Loan Commitments, the holders of more than 50% of the sum of the available
Acquisition Term Loans Commitments and the Acquisition Term Loans then
outstanding).

          "Majority Revolving Credit Facility Lenders":  the Majority Facility
           ------------------------------------------                         
Lenders in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility.

          "Mandatory Prepayment Date":  as defined in Section 2.17(d).
           -------------------------                                  
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              15

          "Material Adverse Effect":  a material adverse effect on (a) the
           -----------------------                                        
Transaction, (b) the business, operations, property or condition (financial or
otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (c) the
validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents
or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder
or thereunder.

          "Material Environmental Amount":  an amount payable by the Borrower
           -----------------------------                                     
and/or its Subsidiaries in excess of $1,500,000 for remedial costs, compliance
costs, compensatory damages, punitive damages, fines, penalties or any
combination thereof.

          "Materials of Environmental Concern":  any gasoline or petroleum
           ----------------------------------                             
(including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products or any
hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes, defined or regulated as such
in or under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, asbestos,
polychlorinated biphenyls and urea-formaldehyde insulation.

          "Material Subsidiary":  any Subsidiary of the Company which has assets
           -------------------                                                  
(valued at their fair market value) or annual revenues which are in excess of
$2,500,000.

          "Multiemployer Plan":  a Plan which is a multiemployer plan as defined
           ------------------                                                   
in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

          "Net Cash Proceeds":  (a) in connection with any Asset Sale or any
           -----------------                                                
Recovery Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents
(including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal
pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment
receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received) of such Asset Sale or
Recovery Event, net of reasonable attorneys' fees, accountants' fees, investment
banking fees, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness
secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset which is the
subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (other than any Lien pursuant to a
Security Document) and other customary and reasonable fees and expenses actually
incurred in connection therewith and net of taxes paid or reasonably estimated
to be payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax
credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements) and (b) in connection
with any issuance or sale of equity securities or debt securities or instruments
or the incurrence of loans, the cash proceeds received from such issuance or
incurrence, net of reasonable attorneys' fees, investment banking fees,
accountants' fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary
fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith.

          "Non-Excluded Taxes":  as defined in Section 2.19(a).
           ------------------                                  

          "Non-U.S. Lender":  as defined in Section 2.19(b).
           ---------------                                  

          "Notes":  the collective reference to any promissory note evidencing
           -----                                                              
Loans.

          "Obligations":  the unpaid principal of and interest on (including,
           -----------                                                       
without limitation, interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and
Reimbursement Obligations and interest accruing after the filing of any petition
in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like
proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or
post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans and all
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              16

other obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or
to any Lender (or, in the case of Interest Rate Protection Agreements, any
affiliate of any Lender), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent,
due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise
under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document,
the Letters of Credit, any Interest Rate Protection Agreement entered into with
any Lender or any affiliate of any Lender or any other document made, delivered
or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal,
interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses
(including, without limitation, all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel
to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender that are required to be paid by the
Borrower pursuant hereto) or otherwise.

          "Participant":  as defined in Section 10.6(b).
           -----------                                  

          "PBGC":  the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant
           ----                                                                 
to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor).

          "Permitted Expenditure Amounts":  at any date, the amount equal to (a)
           -----------------------------                                        
the sum of (i) all Designated Equity Amounts as of such date and (ii) any
portion of the Excess Cash Flow of the Company for fiscal years completed since
the Closing Date which was not required to be applied pursuant to the provisions
of Section 2.11(c) minus (b) the aggregate amount of Expenditure Use Amounts as
of such date.

          "Permitted Holders":  any of (a) Bain Capital and the Bain Affiliates,
           -----------------                                                    
(b) each other holder of common stock of the Company on the Closing Date and (c)
senior management employees of the Borrower and (to the extent that it is not
then the Borrower) the Company.

          "Person":  an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability
           ------                                                              
company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association,
joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

          "Plan":  at a particular time, any employee benefit plan which is
           ----                                                            
covered by ERISA and in respect of which the Borrower or a Commonly Controlled
Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section
4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of
ERISA.

          "Prepayment Option Notice":  as defined in Section 2.17(b).
           ------------------------                                  

          "Pricing Grid":  the pricing grid attached hereto as Annex A.
           ------------                                                

          "Pro Forma Balance Sheets":  as defined in Section 4.1(a).
           ------------------------                                 

          "Projections":  as defined in Section 6.2(c).
           -----------                                 

          "Property":  any right or interest in or to property of any kind
           --------                                                       
whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible,
including, without limitation, Capital Stock.

          "Real Properties":  as defined in Section 4.17.
           ---------------                               
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              17

          "Recovery Event":  any settlement of or payment in respect of any
           --------------                                                  
property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to
any asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

          "Refunded Swing Line Loans":  as defined in Section 2.7.
           -------------------------                              

          "Refunding Date":  as defined in Section 2.7.
           --------------                              

          "Register":  as defined in Section 10.6(d).
           --------                                  

          "Regulation U":  Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to
           ------------                                                       
time.

          "Reimbursement Obligation":  the obligation of the Borrower to
           ------------------------                                     
reimburse the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.5 for amounts drawn under
Letters of Credit.

          "Reinvestment Deferred Amount":  with respect to any Reinvestment
           ----------------------------                                    
Event, the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries in connection therewith which are not applied to prepay the Term
Loans or reduce the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to Section 2.11(b) as
a result of the delivery of a Reinvestment Notice.

          "Reinvestment Event":  any Asset Sale or Recovery Event in respect of
           ------------------                                                  
which the Borrower has delivered a Reinvestment Notice.

          "Reinvestment Notice":  a written notice executed by a Responsible
           -------------------                                              
Officer stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that
the Borrower (directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary) intends and expects
to use all or a specified portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale or
Recovery Event to acquire assets useful in its business.

          "Reinvestment Prepayment Amount":  with respect to any Reinvestment
           ------------------------------                                    
Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount relating thereto less any amount
expended or then committed to be expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment
Prepayment Date to acquire assets useful in the Borrower's business.

          "Reinvestment Prepayment Date":  with respect to any Reinvestment
           ----------------------------                                    
Event, the earlier of (a) the date occurring six months (or, in the case of any
reinvestment to be made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from the
proceeds of any property or casualty insurance claim, twelve months) after such
Reinvestment Event and (b) the date on which the Borrower shall have determined
not to, or shall have otherwise ceased to, acquire assets useful in the
Borrower's business with all or any portion of the relevant Reinvestment
Deferred Amount.

          "Reorganization":  with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the
           --------------                                               
condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241
of ERISA.

          "Reportable Event":  any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of
           ----------------                                                     
ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is
waived under subsection .13, .14, .16, .18, .19 or .20 of PBGC Reg.(S)(S) 2615.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              18

          "Required Lenders":  the holders of more than 50% of (a) until the
           ----------------                                                 
Closing Date, the Commitments and (b) thereafter, the sum of (i) the aggregate
unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans, (ii) the aggregate available
Acquisition Term Loan Commitments and (iii) the Total Revolving Credit
Commitments or, if the Revolving Credit Commitments have been terminated, the
Total Revolving Extensions of Credit.

          "Required Prepayment Lenders":  the Majority Facility Lenders in
           ---------------------------                                    
respect of each Facility.

          "Requirement of Law":  as to any Person, the Certificate of
           ------------------                                        
Incorporation and By-Laws or other organizational or governing documents of such
Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an
arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable
to or binding upon such Person or any of its Property or to which such Person or
any of its Property is subject.

          "Responsible Officer":  the chief executive officer, president or
           -------------------                                             
chief financial officer of the Borrower, but in any event, with respect to
financial matters, the chief financial officer of the Borrower.

          "Revolving Credit Commitment":  as to any Lender, the obligation of
           ---------------------------                                       
such Lender, if any, to make Revolving Credit Loans and participate in Swing
Line Loans and Letters of Credit, in an aggregate principal and/or face amount
not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading "Revolving Credit
Commitment" opposite such Lender's name on Schedule 1.1, as the same may be
changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.

          "Revolving Credit Commitment Period":  the period from and including
           ----------------------------------                                 
the Closing Date to the Scheduled Revolving Credit Termination Date or such
earlier date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate as
provided herein.

          "Revolving Credit Lender":  each Lender which has a Revolving Credit
           -----------------------                                            
Commitment or which has made Revolving Credit Loans.

          "Revolving Credit Loans":  as defined in Section 2.4.
           ----------------------                              

          "Revolving Credit Percentage":  as to any Revolving Credit Lender at
           ---------------------------                                        
any time, the percentage which such Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment then
constitutes of the Total Revolving Credit Commitments (or, at any time after the
Revolving Credit Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage
which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender's Revolving Credit Loans
then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving
Credit Loans then outstanding).

          "Revolving Extensions of Credit":  as to any Revolving Credit Lender
           ------------------------------                                     
at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of
all Revolving Credit Loans made by such Lender then outstanding, (b) such
Lender's Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Swing
Line Loans then outstanding and (c) such Lender's Revolving Credit Percentage of
the L/C Obligations then outstanding.

          "Scheduled Revolving Credit Termination Date":  October 27, 2003.
           -------------------------------------------                     

          "Securities Act":  the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to
           --------------                                                       
time, and the rules and regulations.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              19

          "Security Documents":  the collective reference to the Guarantee and
           ------------------                                                 
Collateral Agreement and all other security documents hereafter delivered to the
Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any Property of any Person to secure the
obligations and liabilities of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

          "Senior Subordinated Note Indenture":  the Indenture entered into by
           ----------------------------------                                 
the Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries in connection with the issuance of
the Senior Subordinated Notes, together with all instruments and other
agreements entered into by the Borrower or such Subsidiaries in connection
therewith, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time in accordance with Section 7.9.

          "Senior Subordinated Notes":  the subordinated notes of the Borrower
           -------------------------                                          
to be issued pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

          "Single Employer Plan":  any Plan which is covered by Title IV of
           --------------------                                            
ERISA, but which is not a Multiemployer Plan.

          "Solvent":  when used with respect to any Person, means that, as of
           -------                                                           
any date of determination, (a) the amount of the "present fair saleable value"
of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, exceed the amount of all
"liabilities of such Person, contingent or otherwise", as of such date, as such
quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws
governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (b) the present fair
saleable value of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, be greater
than the amount that will be required to pay the liability of such Person on its
debts as such debts become absolute and matured, (c) such Person will not have,
as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct
its business, and (d) such Person will be able to pay its debts as they mature.
For purposes of this definition, (i) "debt" means liability on a "claim", and
(ii) "claim" means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is
reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured,
unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (y)
right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise
to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is
reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed,
undisputed, secured or unsecured.

          "Specified Change of Control":  a "Change of Control" as defined in
           ---------------------------                                       
either the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or the Company Indenture.

          "Subsidiary":  as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited
           ----------                                                         
liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership
interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership
interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to
elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such
corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the
management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one
or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.  Unless otherwise qualified,
all references to a "Subsidiary" or to "Subsidiaries" in this Agreement shall
refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

          "Subsidiary Guarantor":  each Subsidiary of the Borrower other than
           --------------------                                              
any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              20

          "Swing Line Commitment":  the obligation of the Swing Line Lender to
           ---------------------                                              
make Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.6 in an aggregate principal amount
at any one time outstanding not to exceed $5,000,000.

          "Swing Line Lender":  The Chase Manhattan Bank, in its capacity as the
           -----------------                                                    
lender of Swing Line Loans.

          "Swing Line Loans":  as defined in Section 2.6.
           ----------------                              

          "Swing Line Participation Amount":  as defined in Section 2.7.
           -------------------------------                              

          "Tax Benefit":  as defined in Section 2.19(c).
           -----------                                  

          "Telerate Page" means the display designated as Page 3750 on the
           -------------                                                  
Telerate System Incorporated Service (or such other page as may replace such
page on such service for the purpose of displaying the rates at which Dollar
deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market).

          "Term Loan Lenders":  the collective reference to the Tranche A Term
           -----------------                                                  
Loan Lenders, the Tranche B Term Loan Lenders and the Acquisition Term Loan
Lenders.

          "Term Loans":  the collective reference to the Tranche A Term Loans,
           ----------                                                         
the Tranche B Term Loans and the Acquisition Term Loans.

          "Total Revolving Credit Commitments":  at any time, the aggregate
           ----------------------------------                              
amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

          "Total Revolving Extensions of Credit":  at any time, the aggregate
           ------------------------------------                              
amount of the Revolving Extensions of Credit of the Revolving Credit Lenders at
such time.

          "Tranche A Term Loan":  as defined in Section 2.1.
           -------------------                              

          "Tranche A Term Loan Commitment":  as to any Lender, the obligation of
           ------------------------------                                       
such Lender, if any, to make a Tranche A Term Loan to the Borrower hereunder in
a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading "Tranche
A Term Loan Commitment" opposite such Lender's name on Schedule 1.1.

          "Tranche A Term Loan Lender":  each Lender which has a Tranche A Term
           --------------------------                                          
Loan Commitment or which has made a Tranche A Term Loan.

          "Tranche A Term Loan Percentage":  as to Tranche A Term Loan Lender at
           ------------------------------                                       
any time, the percentage which such Lender's Tranche A Term Loan Commitment then
constitutes of the aggregate Tranche A Term Loan Commitments (or, at any time
after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of
such Lender's Tranche A Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate
principal amount of the Tranche A Term Loans then outstanding).

          "Tranche B Repayment Amount":  as defined in Section 2.17(d).
           --------------------------                                  

          "Tranche B Term Loan":  as defined in Section 2.1.
           -------------------                              
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              21

          "Tranche B Term Loan Commitment":  as to Tranche B Term Loan Lender,
           ------------------------------                                     
the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make a Tranche B Term Loan to the
Borrower hereunder in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth
under the heading "Tranche B Term Loan Commitment" opposite such Lender's name
on Schedule 1.1.

          "Tranche B Term Loan Lender":  each Lender which has a Tranche B Term
           --------------------------                                          
Loan Commitment or which has made a Tranche B Term Loan.

          "Tranche B Term Loan Percentage":  as to any Lender at any time, the
           ------------------------------                                     
percentage which such Lender's Tranche B Term Loan Commitment then constitutes
of the aggregate Tranche B Term Loan Commitments (or, at any time after the
Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such
Lender's Tranche B Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate
principal amount of the Tranche B Term Loans then outstanding).

          "Transaction":  as defined in Section 5.1(b).
           -----------                                 

          "Transaction Agreement":  the Amended and Restated Recapitalization
           ---------------------                                             
Agreement, dated as of October 4, 1997, by and among DI Acquisition, the Company
and certain shareholders of the Company, as amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

          "Transaction Documents":  the collective reference to the Transaction
           ---------------------                                               
Agreement and all other agreements, documents and instruments executed or filed
by or on behalf of DI Acquisition, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any
of their Affiliates with any Governmental Authority in connection with the
Transaction.

          "Transferee":  as defined in Section 10.15.
           ----------                                

          "Type":  as to any Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a Eurodollar
           ----                                                             
Loan.

          "Uniform Customs":  the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary
           ---------------                                                    
Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500,
as the same may be amended from time to time.

          "U.S. Taxes":  as defined in Section 10.6(f)(ii).
           ----------                                      

          "Wholly Owned Subsidiary":  as to any Person, any other Person all of
           -----------------------                                             
the Capital Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares required by
law) is owned by such Person directly and/or through other Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries.

          "Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor":  any Subsidiary Guarantor that is
           ---------------------------------                                    
a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

          1.2  Other Definitional Provisions.  (a)  Unless otherwise specified
               -----------------------------                                  
therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings
when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made
or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

          (b)  As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any
certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto,
accounting terms relating to
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              22

the Company and its Subsidiaries not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms
partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the
respective meanings given to them under GAAP.

          (c)  The words "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar
import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and
not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and
Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

          (d)  The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally
applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

                  SECTION 2.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

          2.1  Term Loan Commitments.  Subject to the terms and conditions
               ---------------------                                      
hereof, (a) each Tranche A Term Loan Lender severally agrees to make a term loan
to the Borrower on the Closing Date (the "Tranche A Term Loans") in an amount
                                          --------------------               
not to exceed the amount of the Tranche A Term Loan Commitment of such Lender,
(b) each Tranche B Term Loan Lender severally agrees to make a term loan (the
                                                                             
"Tranche B Term Loans") to the Borrower on the Closing Date in an amount not to
- ---------------------                                                          
exceed the amount of the Tranche B Term Loan Commitment of such Lender and (c)
each Acquisition Term Loan Lender severally agrees to make up to three term
loans to the Borrower during the period prior to October 27, 1998 (the
                                                                      
"Acquisition Term Loans") in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of the
- -----------------------                                                         
Acquisition Term Loan Commitment of such Lender.  The Term Loans may from time
to time be Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by the Borrower and
notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.12.

          2.2  Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing.  In the case of the Tranche A
               ---------------------------------                               
Term Loans and the Tranche B Term Loans, the Borrower shall give the
Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the
Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time, one Business Day
prior to the requested Borrowing Date) requesting that the Tranche A Term Loan
Lenders and the Tranche B Term Loan Lenders make such Term Loans on the
requested Borrowing Date (which must be a Business Day) and specifying the
amount to be borrowed.  All Tranche A Term Loans and Tranche B Term Loans
initially shall be made as ABR Loans and shall be in an amount equal to
$1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof.  In the case of
Acquisition Term Loans, the Borrower may borrow under the Acquisition Term Loan
Commitments during the period prior to October 27, 1998 on any Business Day,
provided that the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable
- --------                                                                  
notice (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to (a)
3:00 P.M., New York City time, three Business Days prior to the requested
Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or (b) 11:00 A.M., New York
City time, on the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of ABR Loans),
specifying (i) the amount and Type of Acquisition Term Loans to be borrowed,
(ii) the requested Borrowing Date and (iii) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the
respective amounts of each such Type of Loan and the respective lengths of the
initial Interest Period therefor.  Each borrowing under the Acquisition Term
Loan Commitments shall be in an amount equal to (x) in the case of ABR Loans,
$1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then
unused Acquisition Term Loan Commitments of all Acquisition Term Loan Lenders
aggregate less than $1,000,000, such lesser amount) and (y) in the case of
Eurodollar Loans,
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              23

$5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.  Any Term Loans
which are made on the Closing Date may not be converted into or continued as a
Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period in excess of one month prior to the
earlier of (a) the date which is 60 days after the Closing Date and (b) the date
upon which the Administrative Agent determines (in good faith) that the
syndication of the Commitments is complete.  Upon receipt of any such notice the
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Term Loan Lender thereof.  Not
later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the requested Borrowing Date each
Term Loan Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at its office
specified in Section 10.2 an amount in immediately available funds equal to the
Term Loan or Term Loans to be made by such Lender.  The Administrative Agent
shall credit the account of the Borrower on the books of such office of the
Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the
Administrative Agent by the Term Loan Lenders in immediately available funds.

          2.3  Repayment of Term Loans.  (a)  The Tranche A Term Loans of each
               -----------------------                                        
Tranche A Term Loan Lender shall mature in quarterly installments (other than
with respect to the last installment, which shall be due on October 27, 2003),
commencing on September 30, 1998, in an amount equal to such Lender's Tranche A
Term Loan Percentage of the amount equal to (i) the sum of the initial aggregate
principal amount of each Tranche A Term Loan of such Lender times (ii) the
percentage set forth below opposite the period during which such installment is
due:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
               Installment                          Percentage
               -----------                          ----------
      <S>                                           <C> 
      September 30, 1998 through June 30, 1999         0.75%
      July 1, 1999 through June 30, 2000               1.25%
      July 1, 2000 through December 31, 2001           5.50%
      January 1, 2002 through June 30, 2002            7.00%
      July 1, 2002 through October 27, 2003            7.50%
</TABLE> 

Any Tranche A Term Loans outstanding on October 27, 2003 shall be due and
payable on such date.

          (b)  The Tranche B Term Loan of each Tranche B Lender shall mature in
quarterly installments (other than with respect to the last installment, which
shall be due on October 27, 2004), commencing on September 30, 1998, each of
which shall be in an amount equal to such Lender's Tranche B Term Loan
Percentage of the amount equal to (i) the aggregate principal amount of the
Tranche B Term Loan of such Lender made on the Closing Date times (ii) the
percentage set forth below opposite the period during which such installment is
due:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
               Installment                           Percentage
               -----------                           ----------
      <S>                                            <C> 
      September 30, 1998 through December 31, 2003     0.2%
      January 1, 2004 through October 27, 2004        23.9%
</TABLE> 

Any Tranche B Term Loans outstanding on October 27, 2004 shall be due and
payable on such date.

          (c)  The Acquisition Term Loans of each Acquisition Term Loan Lender
shall mature in quarterly installments (other than with respect to the last
installment, which shall
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              24

be due on October 27, 2003), commencing on September 30, 1998, in an amount
equal to such Lender's Acquisition Term Loan Percentage of the amount equal to
(i) the sum of the initial aggregate principal amount of each Acquisition Term
Loan of such Lender times (ii) the percentage set forth below opposite the
period during which such installment is due:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
               Installment                           Percentage
               -----------                           ----------
      <S>                                            <C>     
      September 30, 1998 through June 30, 2000         2.50%
      July 1, 2000 through December 31, 2001           5.00%
     January 1, 2002 through October 27, 2003          6.25%
</TABLE> 

; provided that any Acquisition Term Loan which is made by a Lender after April
  --------                                                                     
30, 1998 shall begin to amortize on December 31, 1998 and shall be payable from
and after such date in quarterly installments in the amount equal to the
percentage set forth above opposite the date upon which such installment is due
times the initial aggregate principal amount of such Acquisition Term Loan.  Any
Acquisition Term Loans outstanding on October 27, 2003 shall be due and payable
on such date.

          2.4  Revolving Credit Commitments.  (a)  Subject to the terms and
               ----------------------------                                
conditions hereof, each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make
revolving credit loans ("Revolving Credit Loans") to the Borrower from time to
                         ----------------------                               
time during the Revolving Credit Commitment Period in an aggregate principal
amount at any one time outstanding which, when added to such Lender's Revolving
Credit Percentage of the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Swing
Line Loans then outstanding and (ii) the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations
then outstanding, does not exceed the amount of such Lender's Revolving Credit
Commitment.  During the Revolving Credit Commitment Period the Borrower may use
the Revolving Credit Commitments by borrowing, prepaying the Revolving Credit
Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and
conditions hereof.  The Revolving Credit Loans may from time to time be
Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the
Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.5 and 2.12, provided that no
                                                               --------        
Revolving Credit Loan shall be made as a Eurodollar Loan after the day that is
one month prior to the Scheduled Revolving Credit Termination Date.

          (b)  The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans
on the Scheduled Revolving Credit Termination Date (or such earlier date as all
amounts owing hereunder shall become due and payable).

          2.5  Procedure for Revolving Credit Borrowing.   The Borrower may
               ----------------------------------------                    
borrow under the Revolving Credit Commitments during the Revolving Credit
Commitment Period on any Business Day, provided that the Borrower shall give the
                                       --------                                 
Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the
Administrative Agent prior to (a) 3:00 P.M., New York City time, three Business
Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or
(b) 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the requested Borrowing Date, in the case
of ABR Loans), specifying (i) the amount and Type of Revolving Credit Loans to
be borrowed, (ii) the requested Borrowing Date and (iii) in the case of
Eurodollar Loans, the respective amounts of each such Type of Loan and the
respective lengths of the initial Interest Period therefor.  Each borrowing
under the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be in an amount equal to (x) in the
case of ABR Loans, $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof
(or, if the then aggregate Available Revolving Credit Commitments are less than
$1,000,000, such lesser amount) and (y) in the case of
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              25

Eurodollar Loans, $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess
thereof; provided that the Swing Line Lender may, on behalf of the Borrower,
         --------                                                           
request borrowings of ABR Loans under the Revolving Credit Commitments in
amounts other than those specified above to the extent necessary to repay
Refunded Swing Line Loans.  Upon receipt of any such notice from the Borrower,
the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender
thereof.  Each Revolving Credit Lender will make the amount of its pro rata
                                                                   --- ----
share of each borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of
the Borrower at the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.2
prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the Borrowing Date requested by the
Borrower in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent.  Such
borrowing will then be made available to the Borrower by the Administrative
Agent crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of such office with the
aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the
Revolving Credit Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative
Agent.

          2.6  Swing Line Commitment.  (a)  Subject to the terms and conditions
               ---------------------                                           
hereof, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make a portion of the credit otherwise
available to the Borrower under the Revolving Credit Commitments from time to
time during the Revolving Credit Commitment Period by making swing line loans
                                                                             
("Swing Line Loans") to the Borrower; provided that (i) the aggregate principal
- ------------------                    --------                                 
amount of Swing Line Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Swing
Line Commitment then in effect (notwithstanding that the Swing Line Loans
outstanding at any time, when aggregated with the Swing Line Lender's other
outstanding Revolving Credit Loans hereunder, may exceed the Swing Line
Commitment then in effect) and (ii) the Borrower shall not request, and the
Swing Line Lender shall not make, any Swing Line Loan if, after giving effect to
the making of such Swing Line Loan, the aggregate amount of the Available
Revolving Credit Commitments would be less than zero.  During the Revolving
Credit Commitment Period, the Borrower may use the Swing Line Commitment by
borrowing, repaying and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and
conditions hereof.  Swing Line Loans shall be made as ABR Loans only and shall
not be entitled to be converted into Eurodollar Loans.

          (b)  The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Swing Line Loans on the
Scheduled Revolving Credit Termination Date or such earlier date on which the
Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate as provided herein.

          2.7  Procedure for Swing Line Borrowing; Refunding of Swing Line
               -----------------------------------------------------------
Loans.  (a)  Whenever the Borrower desires that the Swing Line Lender make Swing
Line Loans it shall give the Swing Line Lender irrevocable telephonic notice
confirmed promptly in writing (which telephonic notice must be received by the
Swing Line Lender not later than 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the proposed
Borrowing Date), specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed and (ii) the requested
Borrowing Date (which shall be a Business Day during the Revolving Credit
Commitment Period).  Each borrowing under the Swing Line Commitment shall be in
an amount equal to $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof.
Not later than 4:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date specified in
a notice in respect of Swing Line Loans, the Swing Line Lender shall make
available to the Administrative Agent at its office specified in Section 10.2 an
amount in immediately available funds equal to the amount of the Swing Line Loan
to be made by the Swing Line Lender.  The Administrative Agent shall make the
proceeds of such Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower on such Borrowing
Date by depositing such proceeds in the account of the Borrower with the
Administrative Agent on such Borrowing Date in immediately available funds.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              26

          (b)  The Swing Line Lender, at any time and from time to time in its
sole and absolute discretion may, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby
irrevocably directs the Swing Line Lender to act on its behalf), on notice given
by the Swing Line Lender no later than 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the
requested Borrowing Date, request each Revolving Credit Lender to make, and each
Revolving Credit Lender hereby agrees to make, a Revolving Credit Loan, in an
amount equal to such Revolving Credit Lender's Revolving Credit Percentage of
the aggregate amount of the Swing Line Loans (the "Refunded Swing Line Loans")
                                                   -------------------------  
outstanding on the date of such notice, to repay the Swing Line Lender.  Each
Revolving Credit Lender shall make the amount of such Revolving Credit Loan
available to the Administrative Agent at its office set forth in Section 10.2 in
immediately available funds, not later than 4:00 P.M., New York City time, on
the date of such notice.  The proceeds of such Revolving Credit Loans shall be
immediately applied by the Swing Line Lender to repay the Refunded Swing Line
Loans.  The Borrower irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to charge the
Borrower's accounts with the Administrative Agent (up to the amount available in
each such account) in order to immediately pay the amount of such Refunded Swing
Line Loans to the extent amounts received from the Revolving Credit Lenders are
not sufficient to repay in full such Refunded Swing Line Loans.

          (c)  If prior to the time a Revolving Credit Loan would have otherwise
been made pursuant to Section 2.7(b), one of the events described in Section
8(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrower or if
for any other reason, as determined by the Swing Line Lender in its sole
discretion, Revolving Credit Loans may not be made as contemplated by Section
2.7(b), each Revolving Credit Lender shall, on the date such Revolving Credit
Loan was to have been made pursuant to the notice referred to in Section 2.7(b)
(the "Refunding Date"), purchase for cash an undivided participating interest in
      --------------                                                            
an amount equal to (i) its Revolving Credit Percentage times (ii) the aggregate
principal amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding which were to have been
repaid with such Revolving Credit Loans (the "Swing Line Participation Amount").
                                              -------------------------------   

          (d)  Whenever, at any time after the Swing Line Lender has received
from any Revolving Credit Lender such Lender's Swing Line Participation Amount,
the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of the Swing Line Loans,
the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Swing Line
Participation Amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments,
to reflect the period of time during which such Lender's participating interest
was outstanding and funded and, in the case of principal and interest payments,
to reflect such Lender's pro rata portion of such payment if such payment is not
sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all Swing Line Loans then
due); provided, however, that in the event that such payment received by the
Swing Line Lender is required to be returned, such Revolving Credit Lender will
return to the Swing Line Lender any portion thereof previously distributed to it
by the Swing Line Lender.

          (e)  Each Revolving Credit Lender's obligation to make the Loans
referred to in Section 2.7(b) and to purchase participating interests pursuant
to Section 2.7(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected
by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (i) any setoff,
counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Revolving Credit
Lender or the Borrower may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or
any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance
of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other
conditions specified in Section 5; (iii) any adverse change in the condition
(financial or otherwise) of the Borrower; (iv) any breach of this Agreement or
any other Loan Document by the Borrower,
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              27

any other Loan Party or any other Revolving Credit Lender; or (v) any other
circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of
the foregoing.

          2.8  Commitment Fees, etc.  (a)  The Borrower agrees to pay to the
               ---------------------                                        
Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender a
commitment fee for the period from and including the Closing Date to the last
day of the Revolving Credit Commitment Period, computed at the Commitment Fee
Rate on the average daily amount of the Available Revolving Credit Commitment
(without giving effect to any Swing Line Loans which are then outstanding) of
such Lender during the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in
arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the
Scheduled Revolving Credit Termination Date or such earlier date on which the
Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate as provided herein, commencing on
the first of such dates to occur after the date hereof.

          (b)  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the
account of each Acquisition Term Loan Lender a commitment fee for the period
from and including the Closing Date to October 27, 1998, computed at the
Commitment Fee Rate on the amount by which the average daily Acquisition Term
Loan Commitment of such Lender during the period for which payment is due
exceeds the average daily principal amount (without giving effect to any
prepayments or repayments thereof) during such period of all Acquisition Term
Loans made by such Lender.  Such commitment fee shall be payable quarterly in
arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on
October 27, 1998, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after the date
hereof.

          (c)  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees
in the amounts and on the dates previously agreed to in writing by the Borrower
and the Administrative Agent.

          2.9  Termination or Reduction of Commitments.  (a)  The Borrower shall
               ---------------------------------------                          
have the right, upon not less than three Business Days' notice to the
Administrative Agent, to terminate the Revolving Credit Commitments or, from
time to time, to reduce the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments; provided
                                                                        --------
that no such termination or reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments shall be
permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the
Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans made on the effective date thereof,
the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit would exceed the Total Revolving Credit
Commitments.  Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $1,000,000, or a
whole multiple thereof, and shall reduce permanently the Revolving Credit
Commitments then in effect.

          (b)  The Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three
Business Days' notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Acquisition
Term Loan Commitment or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the
Acquisition Term Loan Commitment.  Any such reduction shall be in an amount
equal to $1,000,000, or a whole multiple thereof, and shall reduce permanently
the Acquisition Term Loan Commitments then in effect.

          2.10  Optional Prepayments.  The Borrower may at any time and from
                --------------------                                        
time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty,
upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent at least three
Business Days prior thereto in the case of Eurodollar Loans and at least one
Business Day prior thereto in the case of ABR Loans, which notice shall specify
the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar
Loans or ABR Loans; provided, that if a Eurodollar Loan is
                    --------                              
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              28

prepaid on any day earlier than the last day of the Interest Period applicable
thereto, the Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.20.
Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify
each relevant Lender thereof.  If any such notice is given, the amount specified
in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together
with (except in the case of Revolving Credit Loans which are ABR Loans and any
Swing Line Loans) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid.  Partial
prepayments of Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans shall be in an aggregate
principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof.  Partial Prepayments
of Swing Line Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or a
whole multiple thereof.  Amounts to be applied in connection with optional
prepayments of the Term Loans shall be applied pro rata among the Tranche A Term
                                               --- ----                         
Loans, the Tranche B Term Loans and the Acquisition Term Loans based upon the
outstanding principal amount thereof.

          2.11  Mandatory Prepayments and Commitment Reductions.  (a)  Unless
                -----------------------------------------------              
the Required Prepayment Lenders shall otherwise agree, if any Capital Stock or
Indebtedness shall be issued or Incurred by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be
applied on the date of such issuance or Incurrence toward the prepayment of the
Term Loans and the reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments as set forth in
Section 2.11(d); provided that no such prepayment and reduction shall be
                 --------                                               
required pursuant to this Section 2.11(a) with respect to (i) Designated Equity
Amounts, (ii) any such Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of Capital Stock
which is applied within five Business Days after the receipt thereof by the
Company and its Subsidiaries to repay Indebtedness Incurred in reliance upon the
provisions of Section 7.2(i) or (j) hereof, (iii) other than to the extent set
forth therein, Indebtedness Incurred in accordance with Section 7.2 and (iv) up
to $10,000,000 in aggregate Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of Capital Stock
by the Borrower after the Closing Date.

          (b)  Unless the Required Prepayment Lenders shall otherwise agree, if
on any date the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall receive Net Cash
Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Recovery Event then, unless a Reinvestment
Notice shall be delivered in respect thereof, such Net Cash Proceeds shall be
applied on such date toward the prepayment of the Term Loans and the reduction
of the Revolving Credit Commitments as set forth in Section 2.11(d); provided,
                                                                     -------- 
that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of
Asset Sales that may be excluded from the foregoing requirement pursuant to a
Reinvestment Notice shall not exceed $2,000,000 in any fiscal year of the
Borrower and (ii) on each Reinvestment Prepayment Date, an amount equal to the
Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event
shall be applied toward the prepayment of the Term Loans and the reduction of
the Revolving Credit Commitments as set forth in Section 2.11(d).

          (c)  Unless the Required Prepayment Lenders shall otherwise agree, if,
for any fiscal year of the Borrower commencing with the fiscal year ending
December 31, 1998, there shall be Excess Cash Flow, the Borrower shall, on the
relevant Excess Cash Flow Application Date, apply the ECF Percentage of such
Excess Cash Flow toward the prepayment of the Term Loans and the reduction of
the Revolving Credit Commitments as set forth in Section 2.11(d).  Each such
prepayment and commitment reduction shall be made on a date (an "Excess Cash
                                                                 -----------
Flow Application Date") no later than five days after the earlier of (i) the
- ---------------------                                                       
date on which the financial statements of the Borrower referred to in Section
6.1(a), for the fiscal year with respect to which such prepayment is made, are
required to be delivered to the Lenders and (ii) the date such financial
statements are actually delivered.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              29

          (d)  Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments and
Commitment reductions made pursuant to Section 2.11 shall be applied, first, to
                                                                      -----    
the prepayment of the Term Loans (pro rata among the Tranche A Term Loans, the
                                  --- ----                                    
Tranche B Term Loans and the Acquisition Loans, based upon the outstanding
principal amount thereof), second, to the reduction of any available Acquisition
                           ------                                               
Term Loan Commitments and, third, to reduce permanently the Revolving Credit
                           -----                                            
Commitments.  Any such reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be
accompanied by prepayment of the Revolving Credit Loans and/or Swing Line Loans
to the extent, if any, that the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit exceed the
amount of the Total Revolving Credit Commitments as so reduced, provided that if
                                                                --------        
the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans
then outstanding is less than the amount of such excess (because L/C Obligations
constitute a portion thereof), the Borrower shall, to the extent of the balance
of such excess, replace outstanding Letters of Credit and/or deposit an amount
in cash in a cash collateral account established with the Administrative Agent
for the benefit of the Lenders on terms and conditions satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent.  Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, the
application of any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11 shall be made first to
ABR Loans and second to Eurodollar Loans.  Each prepayment of the Loans under
Section 2.11 (except in the case of Revolving Credit Loans that are ABR Loans
and Swing Line Loans) shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of
such prepayment on the amount prepaid.

          (e)  All unpaid amounts owing hereunder shall be due and payable on
October 27, 2004.

          2.12  Conversion and Continuation Options. (a)  The Borrower may elect
                -----------------------------------                             
from time to time to convert Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans by giving the
Administrative Agent at least one Business Days' prior irrevocable notice of
such election, provided that any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may only be
               --------                                                         
made on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto.  The Borrower
may elect from time to time to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans by giving
the Administrative Agent at least three Business Days' prior irrevocable notice
of such election (which notice shall specify the length of the initial Interest
Period therefor), provided that no ABR Loan under a particular Facility may be
                  --------                                                    
converted into a Eurodollar Loan (i) when any Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing and the Administrative Agent or the Majority Facility Lenders in
respect of such Facility have determined in its or their sole discretion not to
permit such conversions or (ii) after the date that is one month prior to the
final scheduled termination or maturity date of such Facility.  Upon receipt of
any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant
Lender thereof.

          (b)  Any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration
of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving
irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the
applicable provisions of the term "Interest Period" set forth in Section 1.1, of
the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans, provided
                                                                       --------
that no Eurodollar Loan under a particular Facility may be continued as such (i)
when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative
Agent has or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of such Facility have
determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuations or
(ii) after the date that is one month prior to the final scheduled termination
or maturity date of such Facility, and provided, further, that if the Borrower
                                       --------  -------                      
shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this paragraph or
if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such
Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              30

then expiring Interest Period.  Upon receipt of any such notice the
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

          2.13  Minimum Amounts and Maximum Number of Eurodollar Tranches.
                ---------------------------------------------------------  
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings,
conversions, continuations and optional prepayments of Eurodollar Loans
hereunder and all selections of Interest Periods hereunder shall be in such
amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, (a) after giving effect
thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each
Eurodollar Tranche shall be equal to $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of
$1,000,000 in excess thereof and (b) no more than ten Eurodollar Tranches shall
be outstanding at any one time.

          2.14  Interest Rates and Payment Dates.  (a)  Each Eurodollar Loan
                --------------------------------                            
shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect
thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate determined for such day
plus the Applicable Margin.

          (b) Each ABR Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the
ABR plus the Applicable Margin.

          (c)  (i) If all or a portion of the principal amount of any Loan or
Reimbursement Obligation shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated
maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), all outstanding Loans and Reimbursement
Obligations (whether or not overdue) shall bear interest at a rate per annum
which is equal to (x) in the case of the Loans, the rate that would otherwise be
applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.14
plus 2% or (y) in the case of Reimbursement Obligations, the rate applicable to
- ----                                                                           
ABR Loans under the Revolving Credit Facility plus 2%, and (ii) if all or a
                                              ----                         
portion of any interest payable on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation or any
commitment fee or other amount payable hereunder shall not be paid when due
(whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue
amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate applicable to
ABR Loans under the relevant Facility plus 2% (or, in the case of any such other
                                      ----                                      
amounts that do not relate to a particular Facility, the ABR plus 3.75%), in
                                                             ----           
each case, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, from the date of such
non-payment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before
judgment).

          (d)  Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment
Date, provided that interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section
      --------                                                                 
2.14 shall be payable from time to time on demand.

          2.15  Computation of Interest and Fees.  (a)  Interest, fees and
                --------------------------------                          
commissions payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-
day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to ABR Loans the
rate of interest on which is calculated on the basis of the Prime Rate, the
interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the
case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed.  The Administrative Agent
shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of
each determination of a Eurodollar Rate.  Any change in the interest rate on a
Loan resulting from a change in the ABR or the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements
shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such
change becomes effective.  The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable
notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the
amount of each such change in interest rate.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              31

          (b)  Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative
Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and
binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error.  The
Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower, deliver to the
Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in
determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 2.14(a).

          2.16  Inability to Determine Interest Rate.  If prior to the first day
                ------------------------------------                            
of any Interest Period:

          (a)  the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which
     determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by
     reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and
     reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such
     Interest Period, or

          (b)  the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the
     Majority Facility Lenders in respect of the relevant Facility that the
     Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period
     will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as
     conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their
     affected Loans during such Interest Period,

the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the
Borrower and the relevant Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter.  If such
notice is given (x) any Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility requested
to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as ABR Loans,
(y) any Loans under the relevant Facility that were to have been converted on
the first day of such Interest Period to Eurodollar Loans shall be continued as
ABR Loans and (z) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility
that were to have been continued as such on such first day shall be converted on
such day to ABR Loans.  Until such notice has been withdrawn by the
Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility
shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to
convert Loans under the relevant Facility to Eurodollar Loans.

          2.17  Pro Rata Treatment and Payments.  (a)  Each borrowing by the
                -------------------------------                             
Borrower from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by the Borrower on account of
any commitment fee and any reduction of the Commitments of the Lenders shall be
made pro rata according to the respective Tranche A Term Loan Percentages,
     --- ----                                                             
Tranche B Term Loan Percentages, Acquisition Term Loan Percentages or Revolving
Credit Percentages, as the case may be, of the relevant Lenders.

          (b)  Each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrower on
account of principal of and interest on the Tranche A Term Loans, the Tranche B
Term Loans or the Acquisition Term Loans shall be made pro rata according to the
                                                       --- ----                 
respective outstanding principal amounts of such Term Loans then held by the
relevant Term Loan Lenders (except as otherwise provided in paragraph (d)
below).  The amount of each principal prepayment of the Term Loans shall be
applied to reduce the then remaining installments of the Tranche A Term Loans,
Tranche B Term Loans and Acquisition Term Loans, as the case may be, pro rata
                                                                     --- ----
based upon the then remaining principal amount thereof.  Amounts prepaid on
account of the Term Loans may not be reborrowed.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              32

          (c)  Each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrower on
account of principal of and interest on the Revolving Credit Loans shall be made
                                                                                
pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the
- --- ----                                                                 
Revolving Credit Loans then held by the Revolving Credit Lenders.

          (d)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.11(d) or
2.17, with respect to the amount of any optional or mandatory prepayment
described in Section 2.10 or 2.11 that is allocated to Tranche B Term Loans
(such amounts, the "Tranche B Prepayment Amount"), at any time when Tranche A
                    ---------------------------                              
Term Loans or Acquisition Term Loans remain outstanding, the Borrower will, in
lieu of applying such amount to the prepayment of Tranche B Term Loans as
provided in Section 2.10 or 2.11, on the date specified in Section 2.10 or 2.11
for such prepayment, give the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (promptly
confirmed in writing) requesting that the Administrative Agent prepare and
provide to each Tranche B Term Loan Lender a notice (each, a "Prepayment Option
                                                              -----------------
Notice") as described below.  As promptly as practicable after receiving such
- ------                                                                       
notice from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent will send to each Tranche B
Term Loan Lender a Prepayment Option Notice, which shall be in the form of
Exhibit G, and shall include an offer by the Borrower to prepay on the date
(each a "Mandatory Prepayment Date") that is 10 Business Days after the date of
         -------------------------                                             
the Prepayment Option Notice, the relevant Tranche B Term Loans of such Lender
by an amount equal to the portion of the Tranche B Prepayment Amount indicated
in such Lender's Prepayment Option Notice as being applicable to such Lender's
Tranche B Term Loans.  On the Mandatory Prepayment Date, (i) the Borrower shall
pay to the Administrative Agent the aggregate amount necessary to prepay that
portion of the outstanding relevant Term Loans in respect of which Tranche B
Term Loan Lenders have accepted prepayment as described above (such Lenders, the
"Accepting Lenders"), and such amount shall be applied to reduce the Tranche B
 -----------------                                                            
Repayment Amounts with respect to each Accepting Lender and (ii) the Borrower
shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the remaining portion
of the Tranche B Prepayment Amount not accepted by the Accepting Lenders, and
such amount shall be applied to the prepayment of the Tranche A Term Loans and
the Acquisition Term Loans (ratably between them).

          (e)  All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower
hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall
be made without setoff or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 12:00 Noon,
New York City time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the
account of the Lenders, at the Administrative Agent's office specified in
Section 10.2, in Dollars and in immediately available funds.  The Administrative
Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders promptly upon receipt in
like funds as received.  If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the
Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day,
such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day.  If any
payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a
Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding
Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment
into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the
immediately preceding Business Day.  In the case of any extension of any payment
of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be
payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

          (f)  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in
writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the
amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the
Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is
making such amount available to the
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              33

Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such
assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  If such
amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on
the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent,
on demand, such amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to the daily
average Federal Funds Effective Rate for the period until such Lender makes such
amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent.  A certificate of the
Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing
under this Section 2.17(f) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
If such Lender's share of such borrowing is not made available to the
Administrative Agent by such Lender within three Business Days of such Borrowing
Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount
with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to ABR Loans under the
relevant Facility, on demand, from the Borrower.

          2.18  Requirements of Law.  (a)  If the adoption of or any change in
                -------------------                                           
any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof or
compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having
the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made
subsequent to the date hereof:

               (i)    shall subject any Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever
     with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any Application or
     any Eurodollar Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments
     to such Lender in respect thereof (except for Taxes covered by Section 2.19
     and changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of such Lender);

               (ii)   shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve,
     special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held
     by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans
     or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any
     office of such Lender which is not otherwise included in the determination
     of the Eurodollar Rate hereunder; or

               (iii)  shall impose on such Lender any other condition;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender,
by an amount which such Lender deems to be material, of making, converting into,
continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or issuing or participating in
Letters of Credit, or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect
thereof, then, in any such case, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender,
upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for
such increased cost or reduced amount receivable; provided that the Borrower
                                                  --------                  
shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this paragraph for any
amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender
notifies the Borrower of such Lender's intention to claim compensation therefor.
If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this
Section 2.18, it shall promptly notify the Borrower (with a copy to the
Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.

          (b)  If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any
change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the
interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any
corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding
capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental
Authority made subsequent to the date hereof shall have the effect of reducing
the rate of return on such Lender's or such corporation's capital as a
consequence of
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              34

its obligations hereunder or under or in respect of any Letter of Credit to a
level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but
for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender's
or such corporation's policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount
deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, after submission
by such Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of a
written request therefor, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional
amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction; provided
                                                                     --------
that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this
paragraph for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that
such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender's intention to claim
compensation therefor.

          (c)  A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to
this Section 2.18 submitted by any Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the
Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  The
obligations of the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.18 shall survive the
termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts
payable hereunder.

          2.19  Taxes.  (a)  All payments made by the Borrower under this
                -----                                                    
Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding
for or on account of, any present or future income, stamp or other taxes,
levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or
hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental
Authority, excluding net income taxes and franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of
net income taxes) imposed on the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result
of a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent or such
Lender and the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or
any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any
such connection arising solely from the Administrative Agent or such Lender
having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment
under, or enforced, this Agreement or any other Loan Document).  If any such
non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or
withholdings ("Non-Excluded Taxes") are required to be withheld from any amounts
               ------------------                                               
payable to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder, the amounts so
payable to the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall be increased to the
extent necessary to yield to the Administrative Agent or such Lender (after
payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable
hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement, provided,
                                                                      -------- 
however, that the Borrower shall not be required to (x) increase any such
- -------                                                                  
amounts payable to any Lender that is not organized under the laws of the United
States of America or a state thereof to the extent such Lender fails to comply
with Section 2.19(b) or (y) compensate a Lender pursuant to this paragraph for
any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender
notifies the Borrower of such Lender's intention to claim compensation therefor.
Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes are payable by the Borrower, as promptly as
possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its
own account or for the account of such Lender, as the case may be, a certified
copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrower showing payment
thereof.  If the Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes when due to the
appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the
required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall
indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for any incremental taxes,
interest or penalties that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or any
Lender as a result of any such failure.  The agreements in this Section 2.19
shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and
all other amounts payable hereunder.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              35

          (b)  Each Lender (or Transferee) that is not a citizen or resident of
the United States of America, a corporation, partnership or other entity created
or organized in or under the laws of the United States of America (or any
jurisdiction thereof), or any estate or trust that is subject to federal income
taxation regardless of the source of its income (a "Non-U.S. Lender") shall
                                                    ---------------        
deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a
Participant, to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been
purchased) two copies of either U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or Form
4224, or, in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal
withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to
payments of "portfolio interest", a Form W-8, or any subsequent versions thereof
or successors thereto (and, if such Non-U.S. Lender delivers a Form W-8, an
annual certificate representing that such Non-U.S. Lender is not a "bank" for
purposes of Section 881(c) of the Code, is not a 10-percent shareholder (within
the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code) of the Borrower and is not a
controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower (within the meaning of
Section 864(d)(4) of the Code)), properly completed and duly executed by such
Non-U.S. Lender claiming complete exemption from, or a reduced rate of, U.S.
federal withholding tax on all payments by the Borrower under this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents.  Such forms shall be delivered by each Non-U.S. Lender
on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement (or, in the case of
any Participant, on or before the date such Participant purchases the related
participation).  In addition, each Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver such forms
promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by
such Non-U.S. Lender.  Each Non-U.S. Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower
at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any
previously delivered certificate to the Borrower (or any other form of
certification adopted by the U.S. taxing authorities for such purpose).
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.19(b), a Non-U.S. Lender
shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this Section 2.19(b) that
such Non-U.S. Lender is not legally able to deliver.

     (c)  In the event the Borrower makes any additional payment to any Lender
or Administrative the Agent pursuant to Section 2.19(a) and such Lender or the
Administrative Agent, by reason of payment by the Borrower of any Taxes, obtains
a credit against, or return or reduction of, any tax payable by it in, or any
other currently realized tax benefit from, a taxing jurisdiction which it would
not have enjoyed but for such payment ("Tax Benefit"), such Lender or the
                                        -----------                      
Administrative Agent shall, to the extent that it can do so without prejudice to
the retention of such Tax Benefit, thereupon pay to the Borrower the amount
which, after the deduction of any additional tax savings realized as a result of
such payment, shall equal the amount of such Tax Benefit; provided, however,
                                                          --------  ------- 
that the Borrower shall not be entitled to require such Lender or the
Administrative Agent to supply it with details of its tax position or to inspect
any records, including tax returns, of any Lender or the Administrative Agent.
The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent and each Lender upon
demand for out-of-pocket costs and expenses (other than expenses incurred in
connection with the preparation of any tax returns) incurred in connection with
any determination required pursuant to this Section 2.19(c).

          2.20  Indemnity.  The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender and to
                ---------                                                      
hold each Lender harmless from any loss or expense (other than any loss of
Applicable Margin) which such Lender reasonably may sustain or incur as a
consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion
into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice
requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b)
default by the Borrower in making any prepayment after the Borrower has given a
notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or (c) the
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              36

making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on a day which is not the last day of
an Interest Period with respect thereto.  Such indemnification shall be based
upon the amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which
would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or
continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to
borrow, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the
case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would
have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate
of interest for such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the
Applicable Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as
                                            ----                                
reasonably determined by such Lender) which would have accrued to such Lender on
such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with
leading banks in the interbank eurodollar market.  A certificate as to any
amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.20 submitted to the Borrower by any
Lender shall be presumptively correct in the absence of manifest error.  This
covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the
Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

          2.21  Change of Lending Office.  Each Lender agrees that, upon the
                ------------------------                                    
occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.18 or 2.19(a)
with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use
reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to
designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event with the
object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided, that such
                                                   --------           
designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause
such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory
disadvantage, and provided, further, that nothing in this Section 2.21 shall
                  --------  -------                                         
affect or postpone any of the obligations of any Borrower or the rights of any
Lender pursuant to Section 2.18 or 2.19(a).

          2.22  Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances.  The
                --------------------------------------------------      
Borrower shall be permitted to replace any Lender which (a) requests
reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.18 or 2.19 or (b) defaults
in its obligation to make Loans hereunder, with a replacement financial
institution; provided that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any
             --------                                                     
Requirement of Law, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) prior to any such replacement,
such Lender shall not have eliminated the continued need for payment of amounts
owing pursuant to Section 2.18 or 2.19, (iv) the replacement financial
institution shall purchase, at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to such
replaced Lender on or prior to the date of replacement, (v) the Borrower shall
be liable to such replaced Lender under Section 2.20 if any Eurodollar Loan
owing to such replaced Lender shall be purchased other than on the last day of
the Interest Period relating thereto, (vi) the replacement financial
institution, if not already a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent, (vii) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such
replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6 (provided that the
Borrower shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred
to therein), (viii) until such time as such replacement shall be consummated,
the Borrower shall pay all additional amounts (if any) required pursuant to
Section 2.18 or 2.19, as the case may be, and (ix) any such replacement shall
not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights which the Borrower, the
Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.

                         SECTION 3.  LETTERS OF CREDIT

          3.1  L/C Commitment.  (a)  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof,
               --------------                                                   
the Issuing Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the other Revolving Credit
Lenders set forth
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              37

in Section 3.4(a), agrees to issue letters of credit ("Letters of Credit") for
                                                       -----------------      
the account of the Borrower on any Business Day during the Revolving Credit
Commitment Period in such form as may be approved from time to time by the
Issuing Lender; provided that the Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to
                --------                                                    
issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, (i) the L/C
Obligations would exceed the L/C Commitment or (ii) the aggregate amount of the
Available Revolving Credit Commitments would be less than zero.  Each Letter of
Credit shall (i) be denominated in Dollars and (ii) expire no later than the
earlier of (x) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (y) the date
which is five Business Days prior to the Scheduled Revolving Credit Termination
Date, provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for
      --------                                                               
the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event
extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y) above).

          (b)  Each Letter of Credit shall be subject to the Uniform Customs
and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the laws of the State of New
York.

          (c)  The Issuing Lender shall not at any time be obligated to issue
any Letter of Credit hereunder if such issuance would conflict with, or cause
the Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant to exceed any limits imposed by, any
applicable Requirement of Law.

          3.2  Procedure for Issuance of Letter of Credit.  The Borrower may
               ------------------------------------------                   
from time to time request that the Issuing Lender issue a Letter of Credit by
delivering to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices specified herein an
Application therefor, completed to the satisfaction of the Issuing Lender, and
such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as the
Issuing Lender may request.  Upon receipt of any Application, the Issuing Lender
will process such Application and the certificates, documents and other papers
and information delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance with its
customary procedures and shall promptly issue the Letter of Credit requested
thereby (but in no event shall the Issuing Lender be required to issue any
Letter of Credit earlier than three Business Days after its receipt of the
Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers
and information relating thereto) by issuing the original of such Letter of
Credit to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to by the
Issuing Lender and the Borrower.  The Issuing Lender shall furnish a copy of
such Letter of Credit to the Borrower promptly following the issuance thereof.
The Issuing Lender shall promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent, which
shall in turn promptly furnish to the Lenders, notice of the issuance of each
Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof).

          3.3  Commissions, Fees and Other Charges.  (a)  The Borrower will pay
               -----------------------------------                             
a commission on all outstanding Letters of Credit at a per annum rate equal to
the Applicable Margin then in effect with respect to Eurodollar Loans under the
Revolving Credit Facility, shared ratably among the Revolving Credit Lenders and
payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment Date after the issuance
date.  In addition, the Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Lender for its own
account a fronting fee of 1/4 of 1% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears on
each L/C Fee Payment Date after the issuance date.

          (b)  In addition to the foregoing fees and commissions, the Borrower
shall pay or reimburse the Issuing Lender for such normal and customary costs
and expenses as are incurred or charged by the Issuing Lender in issuing,
negotiating, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any
Letter of Credit.

          3.4  L/C Participations.  (a)  The Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees
               ------------------                                             
to grant and hereby grants to each L/C Participant, and, to induce the Issuing
Lender to issue Letters
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              38

of Credit hereunder, each L/C Participant irrevocably agrees to accept and
purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from the Issuing Lender, on the terms
and conditions hereinafter stated, for such L/C Participant's own account and
risk an undivided interest equal to such L/C Participant's Revolving Credit
Percentage in the Issuing Lender's obligations and rights under each Letter of
Credit issued hereunder and the amount of each draft paid by the Issuing Lender
thereunder.  Each L/C Participant unconditionally and irrevocably agrees with
the Issuing Lender that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for which
the Issuing Lender is not reimbursed in full by the Borrower in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Issuing
Lender upon demand at the Issuing Lender's address for notices specified herein
an amount equal to such L/C Participant's Revolving Credit Percentage of the
amount of such draft, or any part thereof, which is not so reimbursed.

          (b)  If any amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant to the
Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.4(a) in respect of any unreimbursed portion
of any payment made by the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit is paid to
the Issuing Lender within three Business Days after the date such payment is
due, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Issuing Lender on demand an amount
equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal
Funds Effective Rate during the period from and including the date such payment
is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the
Issuing Lender, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of
days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360.  If any
such amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant pursuant to Section
3.4(a) is not made available to the Issuing Lender by such L/C Participant
within three Business Days after the date such payment is due, the Issuing
Lender shall be entitled to recover from such L/C Participant, on demand, such
amount with interest thereon calculated from such due date at the rate per annum
applicable to ABR Loans under the Revolving Credit Facility.  A certificate of
the Issuing Lender submitted to any L/C Participant with respect to any amounts
owing under this Section shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

          (c)  Whenever, at any time after the Issuing Lender has made payment
under any Letter of Credit and has received from any L/C Participant its pro
                                                                         ---
rata share of such payment in accordance with Section 3.4(a), the Issuing Lender
- ----                                                                            
receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the
Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of collateral applied thereto by the
Issuing Lender), or any payment of interest on account thereof, the Issuing
Lender will distribute to such L/C Participant its pro rata share thereof;
                                                   --- ----               
provided, however, that in the event that any such payment received by the
- --------  -------                                                         
Issuing Lender shall be required to be returned by the Issuing Lender, such L/C
Participant shall return to the Issuing Lender the portion thereof previously
distributed by the Issuing Lender to it.

          3.5  Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower.  The Borrower agrees to
               ----------------------------------------                         
reimburse the Issuing Lender on each date on which the Issuing Lender notifies
the Borrower of the date and amount of a draft presented under any Letter of
Credit and paid by the Issuing Lender for the amount of (a) such draft so paid
and (b) any taxes, fees, charges or other costs or expenses incurred by the
Issuing Lender in connection with such payment.  Each such payment shall be made
to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices specified herein in lawful
money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds.
Interest shall be payable on any and all amounts remaining unpaid by the
Borrower under this Section from the date such amounts become payable (whether
at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) until payment in full at the
rate set forth in Section 2.14(c).  Each drawing under any Letter of Credit
shall (unless an event of the type described in clause (i)
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              39

or (ii) of Section 8(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to
the Borrower, in which case the procedures specified in Section 3.4 for funding
by L/C Participants shall apply) constitute a request by the Borrower to the
Administrative Agent for a borrowing pursuant to Section 2.5 of ABR Loans (or,
at the option of each of the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender in
its respective sole discretion, a borrowing pursuant to Section 2.7 of Swing
Line Loans) in the amount of such drawing.  The Borrowing Date with respect to
such borrowing shall be the date of such drawing.

          3.6  Obligations Absolute.  The Borrower's obligations under this
               --------------------                                        
Section 3 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances
and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment which the
Borrower may have or have had against the Issuing Lender, any beneficiary of a
Letter of Credit or any other Person.  The Borrower also agrees with the Issuing
Lender that the Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower's
Reimbursement Obligations under Section 3.5 shall not be affected by, among
other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements
thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid,
fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the Borrower and any
beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of
Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of the Borrower against any
beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee.  The Issuing Lender
shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in
transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however
transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors or
omissions resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the
Issuing Lender.  The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the
Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related
drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful
misconduct and in accordance with the standards of care specified in the Uniform
Commercial Code of the State of New York, shall be binding on the Borrower and
shall not result in any liability of the Issuing Lender to the Borrower.

          3.7  Letter of Credit Payments.  If any draft shall be presented for
               -------------------------                                      
payment under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the
Borrower of the date and amount thereof.  The responsibility of the Issuing
Lender to the Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under
any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly
provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the
documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in
connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such
Letter of Credit.

          3.8  Applications.  To the extent that any provision of any
               ------------                                          
Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions
of this Section 3, the provisions of this Section 3 shall apply.

                   SECTION 4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this
Agreement and to make the Loans and issue or participate in the Letters of
Credit, the Company and the Borrower hereby jointly and severally represent and
warrant to the Administrative Agent and each Lender that:

          4.1  Financial Condition.  (a)  The unaudited pro forma consolidated
               -------------------                      --- -----             
balance sheets (including a detailed statement of shareholder's equity) of (i)
the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at September 30, 1997
(including the notes thereto) (the
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              40

"Borrower Pro Forma Balance Sheet") and (ii) the Company and its consolidated
 --------------------------------                                            
Subsidiaries as at September 30, 1997 (including the notes thereto) (the
"Company Pro Forma Balance Sheet"; and collectively with the Borrower Pro Forma
- --------------------------------                                               
Balance Sheet, the "Pro Forma Balance Sheets"), copies of which have heretofore
                    ------------------------                                   
been furnished to each Lender, have been prepared giving effect (as if such
events had occurred on September 30, 1997) to (i) the consummation of the
Transaction and the contribution of assets by the Company to the Borrower, (ii)
the Indebtedness to be incurred on the Closing Date and the use of proceeds
thereof and (iii) the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the
foregoing.  The Pro Forma Balance Sheets have been prepared giving
consideration, among other factors, to the requirements of Regulation S-X of the
Securities Act based on the best information available to the Company and the
Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, are consistent in all material
respects with the forecasts previously delivered to the Lenders and present
fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial
                                     --- -----                              
position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the Borrower and
its consolidated Subsidiaries, as the case may be, as at September 30, 1997,
assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually
occurred at such date.

          (b)  The audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company as at
December 31, 1996, December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1994, and the related
consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal years ended
on such dates, reported on by and accompanied by an unqualified report from
McGladrey & Pullen, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated
financial condition of the Company as at such date, and the consolidated results
of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the respective fiscal
years then ended.  The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as at
June 30, 1997, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and
cash flows for the six-month period ended on such date, present fairly in all
material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Company as at such
date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash
flows for the six-month period then ended (subject to normal year-end audit
adjustments).  All such financial statements, including the related schedules
and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied
consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the
aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein).  The Company and its
Subsidiaries do not have any material Guarantee Obligations, contingent
liabilities and liabilities for taxes, or any long-term leases or unusual
forward or long-term commitments, including, without limitation, any interest
rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in
respect of derivatives, which are not reflected in the most recent audited
financial statements referred to in this paragraph (b).  During the period from
December 31, 1996 to and including the date hereof there has been no Disposition
by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any material part of its business
or Property.

          4.2  No Change.  Since June 30, 1997 there has been no development or
               ---------                                                       
event which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

          4.3  Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law.  Each of the Company
               ----------------------------------------                      
and its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the
corporate power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its
Property, to lease the Property it operates as lessee and to conduct the
business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign
corporation and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its
ownership, lease or operation of Property or the conduct of its business
requires such qualification and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of
Law except to the extent that the failure to
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              41

comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

          4.4  Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations.  Each
               -------------------------------------------------------       
Loan Party has the corporate power and authority, and the legal right, to make,
deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case
of the Borrower, to borrow hereunder.  Each Loan Party has taken all necessary
corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the
Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to
authorize the borrowings on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  No
consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in
respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in
connection with the Transaction and the borrowings hereunder or with the
execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement
or any of the Loan Documents, except (i) consents, authorizations, filings and
notices described in Schedule 4.4, (ii) those consents, authorizations, filings
and notices (to the extent material) which have been obtained or made and are in
full force and effect and (iii) the filings referred to in Section 4.19.  Each
Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party
party thereto.  This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon
execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan
Party party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with
its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement
of creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether
enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

          4.5  No Legal Bar.  The execution, delivery and performance of this
               ------------                                                  
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the issuance of Letters of Credit, the
borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any
Requirement of Law or any Contractual Obligation of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of
any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any
Requirement of Law or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens
created by the Security Documents).  No Requirement of Law or Contractual
Obligation applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          4.6  No Material Litigation.  No litigation, investigation or
               ----------------------                                  
proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or,
to the knowledge of the Company or the Borrower, threatened by or against the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their respective properties
or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (b) which could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          4.7  No Default.  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is
               ----------                                                     
in default under or with respect to any of its Contractual Obligations in any
respect which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

          4.8  Ownership of Property; Liens.  Each of the Company and each of
               ----------------------------                                  
its Subsidiaries has title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in,
all its real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all
its other Property, and none of such Property is subject to any Lien except as
permitted by Section 7.3.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              42

          4.9  Intellectual Property.  The Company and each of its Subsidiaries
               ---------------------                                           
owns, or is licensed to use, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct
of its business as currently conducted.  No material claim has been asserted and
is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any Intellectual
Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Intellectual Property, nor does
the Company or Borrower know of any valid basis for any such claim.  The use by
the Company and its Subsidiaries of Intellectual Property which is material to
the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries does not infringe on the
rights of any Person in any material respect.

          4.10  Taxes.  Each of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries has
                -----                                                       
filed or caused to be filed all Federal, state and other material tax returns
which are required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown to be due and
payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its
Property and all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its
Property by any Governmental Authority (other than any the amount or validity of
which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the
books of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be); no tax Lien has
been filed, and (except as disclosed on Schedule 4.10), to the knowledge of the
Company and the Borrower, no claim is being asserted, with respect to any such
tax, fee or other charge.

          4.11  Federal Regulations.  No part of the proceeds of any Loans will
                -------------------                                            
be used for "purchasing" or "carrying" any "margin stock" within the respective
meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation G or Regulation U of the
Board as now and from time to time hereafter in effect or for any purpose which
violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board.  If requested by any
Lender or the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will furnish to the
Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in
conformity with the requirements of FR Form G-3 or FR Form U-1 referred to in
said Regulation G or Regulation U, as the case may be.

          4.12  Labor Matters. There are no strikes or other labor disputes
                -------------                                              
against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of
the Company or the Borrower, threatened that (individually or in the aggregate)
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Hours worked
by, and payment made to, employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries have not
been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable
Requirement of Law dealing with such matters that (individually or in the
aggregate) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  All
payments due from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on account of employee
health and welfare insurance that (individually or in the aggregate) could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect if not paid have been
paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Company or such Subsidiary or
otherwise disclosed in writing to the Lenders.

          4.13  ERISA.  Neither a Reportable Event nor an "accumulated funding
                -----                                                         
deficiency" (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of
ERISA) has occurred during the five-year period prior to the date on which this
representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Plan, and each Plan
has complied in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA
and the Code.  No termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred, and no
Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan has arisen, during such five-year period.
The present value of all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan (based
on those assumptions used to fund such Plans) did not, as of the last annual
valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed
made,
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              43

exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such accrued benefits
by a material amount.  Neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity
has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan which has
resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability under
ERISA, and neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity would become
subject to any material liability under ERISA if the Borrower or any such
Commonly Controlled Entity were to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer
Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this
representation is made or deemed made.  No such Multiemployer Plan is in
Reorganization or Insolvent.

          4.14  Investment Company Act; Other Regulations.  No Loan Party is an
                -----------------------------------------                      
"investment company", or a company "controlled" by an "investment company",
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  No Loan
Party is subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law (other than
Regulation X of the Board) which limits its ability to incur Indebtedness.

          4.15  Subsidiaries.  The Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 4.15
                ------------                                           
constitute all the Subsidiaries of the Company at the date hereof.

          4.16  Use of Proceeds.  The proceeds of the Tranche A Term Loans and
                ---------------                                               
the Tranche B Term Loans shall be used to finance a portion of the Transaction
and to pay related fees and expenses.  The proceeds of the Acquisition Term
Loans shall be used to pay the consideration for the acquisitions described in
Section 7.8(i) or (j) and any fees and expenses related thereto.  The proceeds
of the Revolving Credit Loans, the Swing Line Loans and the Letters of Credit
shall be used for working capital needs and general corporate purposes of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

          4.17  Environmental Matters.
                --------------------- 

          (a)  The facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by the
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the "Real Properties") do not contain,
                                              ---------------                  
     and have not previously contained, any Materials of Environmental Concern
     in amounts or concentrations or under circumstances which (i) constitute or
     constituted a violation of, or (ii) could give rise to liability under, any
     Environmental Law, except in either case insofar as such violation or
     liability, or any aggregation thereof, could not reasonably be expected to
     result in the payment of a Material Environmental Amount.

          (b)  The Real Properties and all operations at the Real Properties are
     in material compliance, and have in the last five years been in material
     compliance, with all applicable Environmental Laws, and there is no
     contamination at, under or about the Real Properties or violation of any
     Environmental Law with respect to the Real Properties or the business
     operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the "Business") which
                                                              --------        
     could materially interfere with the continued operation of the Real
     Properties or materially impair the fair saleable value thereof.  Neither
     the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has assumed any liability of any
     other Person under Environmental Laws.

          (c)  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received or
     is aware of any notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance,
     liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters or
     compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Real
     Properties or the Business, nor does the Company or
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              44

     the Borrower have knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will
     be received or is being threatened, except insofar as such notice or
     threatened notice, or any aggregation thereof, does not involve a matter or
     matters that could reasonably be expected to result in the payment of a
     Material Environmental Amount.

          (d)  Materials of Environmental Concern have not been transported or
     disposed of from the Real Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to
     a location which could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law,
     nor have any Materials of Environmental Concern been generated, treated,
     stored or disposed of at, on or under any of the Real Properties in
     violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to liability under, any
     applicable Environmental Law, except insofar as any such violation or
     liability referred to in this paragraph, or any aggregation thereof, could
     not reasonably be expected to result in the payment of a Material
     Environmental Amount.

          (e)  No judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action
     is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company and the Borrower,
     threatened, under any Environmental Law to which the Company or any of its
     Subsidiary is or will be named as a party with respect to the Real
     Properties or the Business, nor are there any consent decrees or other
     decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other
     administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental
     Law with respect to the Real Properties or the Business, except insofar as
     such proceeding, action, decree, order or other requirement, or any
     aggregation thereof, could not reasonably be expected to result in the
     payment of a Material Environmental Amount.

          (f)  There has been no release or threat of release of Materials of
     Environmental Concern at or from the Real Properties, or arising from or
     related to the operations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in
     connection with the Real Properties or otherwise in connection with the
     Business, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could give rise
     to liability under Environmental Laws, except insofar as any such violation
     or liability referred to in this paragraph, or any aggregation thereof,
     could not reasonably be expected to result in the payment of a Material
     Environmental Amount.

          4.18  Accuracy of Information, etc.  No statement or information
                ----------------------------                              
(other than the projections and the pro forma financial information described in
                                    --- -----                                   
the immediately following sentence) contained in this Agreement, any other Loan
Document, the Confidential Information Memorandum or any other document,
certificate or statement furnished to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders or
any of them, by or on behalf of any Loan Party for use in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents taken as
a whole, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or
certificate was so furnished (or, in the case of the Confidential Information
Memorandum, as of the Closing Date), any untrue statement of a material fact or
omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
contained herein or therein not misleading.  The projections and pro forma
                                                                 --- -----
financial information contained in the materials referenced above are based upon
good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to
be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such
financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact
and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial
information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a
material amount.  As of the date hereof, the
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              45

representations and warranties contained in the Transaction Agreement are true
and correct in all material respects.  There is no fact known to any Loan Party
that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not
been expressly disclosed herein, in the other Loan Documents, in the
Confidential Information Memorandum or in any other documents, certificates and
statements furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for use in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan
Documents.

          4.19  Security Documents.  The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is
                ------------------                                            
effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the
Lenders, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral
described therein and proceeds thereof.  When financing statements in
appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4.19(a), the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on,
and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in
the Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as
defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), in each case prior and
superior in right to any other Person (other than Liens permitted by Section
7.3).

          4.20  Solvency.  Each Loan Party is, and after giving effect to the
                --------                                                     
Transaction and the incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being
incurred in connection herewith and therewith will be and will continue to be,
Solvent.

          4.21  Senior Indebtedness.  The Obligations constitute "Senior
                -------------------                                     
Indebtedness" of the Borrower under and as defined in the Senior Subordinated
Note Indenture.  The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement constitute "Guarantor Senior Indebtedness" of
such Subsidiary Guarantor under and as defined in the Senior Subordinated Note
Indenture.


                       SECTION 5.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

          5.1  Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit.  The agreement of each
               -----------------------------------------                        
Lender to make the initial extension of credit requested to be made by it is
subject to the satisfaction, prior to or concurrently with the making of such
extension of credit on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:

          (a)  Loan Documents.  The Administrative Agent shall have received (i)
               --------------                                                   
     this Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the
     Company and (ii) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, executed and
     delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company and each Subsidiary
     Guarantor.

          (b)  Transaction, etc.  The following transactions shall have been
               ----------------                                             
     consummated, in each case on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory
     to the Lenders:

                    (i)    DI Acquisition shall be merged into the Company and,
          as a result of such merger (A) the Bain Investors shall own not less
          than 52% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company,
          and (B) the Company shall have redeemed approximately 90% of its
          issued and outstanding capital stock (collectively with all other
          transactions in connection therewith including the financing thereof,
          the "Transaction"), all pursuant to the Transaction Documents and in
               -----------                                                    
          form and substance consistent with the terms previously
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              46

          disclosed to the Administrative Agent in writing and on other terms
          reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

                    (ii)   The Company shall have (A) at least $86,500,000 of
          equity (valued at the Transaction value), of which at least
          $48,500,000 shall be in the form of cash equity from DI Acquisition,
          (B) received $55,000,000 in gross cash proceeds from the issuance of
          the Company Zeros or bridge financing in temporary substitution
          therefor and (C) received $85,000,000 in gross cash proceeds from the
          issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes or bridge financing in
          temporary substitution therefor.

          (c)  Pro Forma Balance Sheets; Financial Statements.  The Lenders
               ----------------------------------------------              
     shall have received (i) the Pro Forma Balance Sheets, (ii) audited
     consolidated financial statements of the Company for the 1996, 1995 and
     1994 fiscal years and (iii) unaudited interim consolidated and
     consolidating financial statements of the Company for each fiscal month and
     quarterly period ended subsequent to the date of the latest applicable
     financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (ii) of this paragraph as
     to which such financial statements are available, and such financial
     statements shall not, in the reasonable judgment of the Lenders, reflect
     any material adverse change in the consolidated financial condition of the
     Company, as reflected in the financial statements or projections previously
     distributed by the Company to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in
     writing or which are contained in the Confidential Information Memorandum.

          (d)  Capitalization.  The capitalization and structure of each Loan
               --------------                                                
     Party after giving effect to the Transaction shall be consistent with the
     capitalization and structure previously disclosed to the Lenders in
     writing.

          (e)  Payment of Outstanding Indebtedness.  All outstanding
               -----------------------------------                  
     Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for borrowed money
     or Guarantee Obligations in respect thereof (other than the Indebtedness
     described in Section 7.2(e) and the capital lease with respect to the
     Borrower's principal manufacturing facility, all of which shall be
     permitted to remain outstanding after the Closing Date) shall be paid off
     in full on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent on or
     prior to the Closing Date.

          (f)  Lien Searches.  The Administrative Agent shall have received the
               -------------                                                   
     results of a recent lien search in each of the jurisdictions where assets
     of the Loan Parties are located, and such search shall reveal no liens on
     any of the assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries except for liens
     permitted by Section 7.3 and liens to be discharged on or prior to the
     Closing Date pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the
     Administrative Agent.

          (g)  Closing Certificate.  The Administrative Agent shall have
               -------------------                                      
     received, with a counterpart for each Lender, a certificate of each Loan
     Party, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, with
     appropriate insertions and attachments.

          (h)  Legal Opinions.  The Administrative Agent shall have received the
               --------------                                                   
     following executed legal opinions:
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              47

                    (i)    the legal opinion of Ropes & Gray, counsel to the
          Company and its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit E;

                    (ii)   to the extent consented to by the relevant counsel,
          each legal opinion, if any, delivered in connection with the
          Transaction Agreement, accompanied by a reliance letter in favor of
          the Lenders; and

                    (iii)  the legal opinion of local counsel in California and
          of such other special and local counsel as may be required by the
          Administrative Agent.

     Each such legal opinion shall cover such other matters incident to the
     transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Administrative Agent may
     reasonably require.

          (i)  Filings, Registrations and Recordings.  Each document (including,
               -------------------------------------                            
     without limitation, any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement)
     required by the Security Documents or under law or reasonably requested by
     the Administrative Agent to be filed, registered or recorded in order to
     create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the
     Lenders, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and
     superior in right to any other Person (other than with respect to Liens
     expressly permitted by Section 7.3), shall be in proper form for filing,
     registration or recordation.

          (j)  Solvency Opinion.  The Administrative Agent shall have received a
               ----------------                                                 
     satisfactory solvency opinion from Murray, Devine & Co. which shall
     document the solvency of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
     basis after giving effect to the Transaction, the financing thereof and the
     other transactions contemplated hereby.

          (k)  Insurance.  The Administrative Agent shall have received
               ---------                                               
     insurance certificates satisfying the requirements of Section 5.2 of the
     Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

          (l)  Transaction Documents.  The Company and its Subsidiaries and
               ---------------------                                       
     Affiliates (i) shall not be in breach or violation of any of their
     obligations under the Transaction Documents and (ii) shall not be subject
     to any Requirements of Law or Contractual Obligations that would be
     violated by the Transaction and none of the provisions of any of the
     Transaction Documents shall have been amended, modified or waived in any
     material respect without the written consent of the Administrative Agent.

          (m)  Funded Debt to Consolidated EBITDA.  The Administrative Agent
               ----------------------------------                           
     shall be satisfied that the ratio of (i) the total amount of Funded Debt of
     the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than the Company Interim Credit
     Facility) outstanding on the Closing Date to (ii) the amount of pro forma
                                                                     --- -----
     Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the latest
     twelve month period ended prior to the Closing Date for which relevant
     financial information is available shall not be greater than 5.80 to 1.0,
     and the Borrower shall provide support for such calculation which is
     reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (giving consideration,
     among other factors, to the requirements of Regulation S-X of the
     Securities Act).
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              48

          5.2  Conditions to Each Extension of Credit.  The agreement of each
               --------------------------------------                        
Lender to make any extension of credit requested to be made by it on any date
(including, without limitation, its initial extension of credit) is subject to
the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

          (a)  Representations and Warranties.  Each of the representations and
               ------------------------------                                  
     warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents
     shall be true and correct on and as of such date as if made on and as of
     such date.

          (b)  No Default.  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
               ----------                                                     
     and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of
     credit requested to be made on such date.

          (c)  Subsequent Term Loans.  With respect to any borrowing of
               ---------------------                                   
     Acquisition Term Loans, (i) the proceeds of such Acquisition Term Loans
     shall be utilized by the Borrower to pay the consideration for an
     acquisition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of
     any Person or business unit of a Person permitted pursuant to Section
     7.8(i) or (j) and any fees and expenses relating to such acquisition, (ii)
     such acquisition shall be consummated on the Borrowing Date with respect to
     such Acquisition Term Loans and (iii) after giving effect to the making of
     such Acquisition Term Loans and the consummation of the related
     acquisition, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries shall be not greater than 5.5 to 1.0 and the Consolidated
     Interest Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be not
     less than 1.75 to 1.0 (with each such ratio being calculated on a pro forma
     basis, as if such borrowing and acquisition had occurred on the first day
     of the relevant fiscal period and as if the interest rate applicable to
     such Acquisition Term Loans throughout such period was the rate in effect
     on the requested Borrowing Date for Acquisition Term Loans which are
     Eurodollar Loans; provided that, in the event that the borrowing date for
                       --------                                               
     such Acquisition Term Loans occurs prior to the date upon which the
     financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1997 have been
     delivered pursuant to subsection 6.1(a), each of Consolidated EBITDA and
     Consolidated Interest Expense shall be determined for purposes of this
     clause (c) only based upon the Borrower's good faith estimate thereof for
     such fiscal year).

Each borrowing by and issuance of a Letter of Credit on behalf of the Borrower
hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of
the date of such extension of credit that the conditions contained in this
Section 5.2 have been satisfied.

                       SECTION 6.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

          The Company and the Borrower hereby jointly and severally agree that,
so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains
outstanding or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or the
Administrative Agent hereunder, each of the Company and the Borrower shall and
shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

          6.1  Financial Statements.  Furnish to the Administrative Agent for
               --------------------                                          
distribution to each of the Lenders:

          (a)  as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the
     end of each fiscal year of the Company and the Borrower, a copy of the
     audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated
     Subsidiaries and the Borrower and
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              49

     its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related
     audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year,
     setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous
     year, reported on without a "going concern" or like qualification or
     exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by Price
     Waterhouse LLP or other independent certified public accountants of
     nationally recognized standing;

          (b)  as soon as available, but in any event not later than 45 days
     after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal
     year of the Company and the Borrower, the unaudited consolidated balance
     sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the Borrower and
     its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related
     unaudited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such
     quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter,
     setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous
     year, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all
     material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments); and

          (c)  as soon as available, but in any event not later than 30 days
     after the end of each month occurring during each fiscal year of the
     Company and the Borrower (other than the third, sixth, ninth and twelfth
     such month), the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and
     its consolidated Subsidiaries and the Borrower and its consolidated
     Subsidiaries as at the end of such month and the related unaudited
     consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such month and the
     portion of the fiscal year through the end of such month, setting forth in
     each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified
     by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects
     (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments);

all such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material
respects and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP
applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior
periods (except (x) as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may
be, and disclosed therein and (y) in the case of the financial statements
delivered pursuant to clauses (b) and (c) above, for the absence of footnotes).

          6.2  Certificates; Other Information.  Furnish to the Administrative
               -------------------------------                                
Agent for distribution to each of the Lenders, or, in the case of clause (g), to
the relevant Lender:

          (a)  concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
     referred to in Section 6.1(a), a certificate of the independent certified
     public accountants reporting on such financial statements stating that in
     making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any
     Default or Event of Default under the financial covenants set forth in
     Section 7.1, except as specified in such certificate;

          (b)  concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements
     pursuant to Section 6.1, (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating
     that, to the best of each such Responsible Officer's knowledge, each Loan
     Party during such period has in all material respects observed or performed
     all of its covenants and other agreements, and satisfied every condition,
     contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a
     party to be observed, performed or satisfied by it, and that such
     Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              50

     Default except as specified in such certificate and (ii) in the case of
     quarterly or annual financial statements, (x) a Compliance Certificate
     containing all information necessary for determining compliance by the
     Company and its Subsidiaries with the provisions of this Agreement referred
     to therein as of the last day of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year of the
     Borrower, as the case may be, and (y) to the extent not previously
     disclosed to the Administrative Agent, a listing of any county or state
     within the United States where any Loan Party keeps inventory or equipment
     and of any Intellectual Property acquired by any Loan Party since the date
     of the most recent list delivered pursuant to this clause (y) (or, in the
     case of the first such list so delivered, since the Closing Date);

          (c)  as soon as available, and in any event no later than 45 days
     after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a detailed consolidated
     budget for the then-current fiscal year (including a projected consolidated
     balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such
     then-current fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of
     projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected
     income), and, as soon as available, significant revisions, if any, of such
     budget and projections with respect to such fiscal year (collectively, the
     "Projections"), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a
      -----------                                                            
     certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Projections are
     based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions and that such
     Responsible Officer has no reason to believe that such Projections are
     incorrect or misleading in any material respect;

          (d)  within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the
     Borrower, a narrative discussion and analysis of the financial condition
     and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such
     fiscal quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current
     fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter, as compared to the portion
     of the Projections covering such periods and to the comparable periods of
     the previous year;

          (e)  no later than 3 Business Days prior to the effectiveness thereof
     (or, to the extent that the consent of all or any portion of the Lenders is
     required hereunder in connection with such amendment, supplement, waiver or
     modification, no later than 10 Business Days prior to the effectiveness
     thereof), copies of substantially final drafts of any proposed amendment,
     supplement, waiver or other modification with respect to the Company
     Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or the Transaction
     Agreement;

          (f)  within five days after the same are sent, copies of all financial
     statements and reports which the Company or the Borrower sends to the
     holders of any class of its debt securities or public equity securities and
     within five days after the same are filed, copies of all financial
     statements and reports which the Company or the Borrower may make to, or
     file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor or
     analogous Governmental Authority; and

          (g)  promptly, such additional financial and other information as any
     Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

          6.3  Payment of Obligations.  Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at
               ----------------------                                         
or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its
material obligations of whatever nature, except where the amount or validity
thereof is currently being contested in
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              51

good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with
respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Company or its
Subsidiaries, as the case may be.

          6.4  Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence, etc.    (a) (i)
               ------------------------------------------------------           
Continue to engage in business of the same general type as now conducted by it,
(ii) preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence
and (iii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and
franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except,
in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 and except, in the case of
clause (iii) above, to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) comply with all Contractual
Obligations and Requirements of Law except to the extent that failure to comply
therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

          6.5  Maintenance of Property; Insurance.  (a)  Keep all Property
          ---------------------------------------                         
useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition,
ordinary wear and tear excepted and (b) maintain with financially sound and
reputable insurance companies insurance on all its Property in at least such
amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event public
liability, product liability and business interruption) as are usually insured
against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar
business.

          6.6  Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions.  (a)
               ------------------------------------------------------       
Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries
in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all
dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and (b)
permit, upon two Business Days' prior notice to the chief financial officer or
other Responsible Officer of the Company or the Borrower (except when a Default
or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case, no notice
shall be required), representatives of any Lender to visit and inspect any of
its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records
at any reasonable time and as often as may reasonably be desired and to discuss
the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the
Company and its Subsidiaries with officers and employees of the Company and its
Subsidiaries and with its independent certified public accountants; provided
                                                                    --------
that all such visits and inspections shall be coordinated through the
Administrative Agent.

          6.7  Notices.  Promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent and
               -------                                                       
each Lender of:

          (a)  the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

          (b)  any litigation, investigation or proceeding which may exist at
     any time affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which, if
     adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material
     Adverse Effect;

          (c)  the following events, as soon as possible and in any event within
     30 days after the Borrower knows or has reason to know thereof:  (i) the
     occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan, a failure to
     make any required contribution to a Plan, the creation of any Lien in favor
     of the PBGC or a Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination,
     Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or (ii) the
     institution of proceedings or the taking of any other
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              52

     action by the PBGC or the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any
     Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the termination,
     Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Plan; and

          (d)  any development or event which has had or could reasonably be
     expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of
a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to
therein and stating what action the Company or the relevant Subsidiary of the
Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

          6.8  Environmental Laws.  (a)  Comply in all material respects with,
               ------------------                                             
and ensure compliance in all material respects by all tenants and subtenants, if
any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply in all
material respects with and maintain, and ensure that all tenants and subtenants
obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, any and all
licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by
applicable Environmental Laws.

          (b)  Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and
testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under
Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all material respects with all lawful
orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental
Laws.

          6.9  Interest Rate Protection.  In the case of the Borrower, within 60
               ------------------------                                         
days after the Closing Date, enter into Interest Rate Protection Agreements to
the extent necessary to provide that at least 50% of the aggregate principal
amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Term Loans is subject to either
a fixed interest rate or interest rate protection for a period of not less than
three years, which Interest Rate Protection Agreements shall have terms and
conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

          6.10  Additional Collateral, etc.  (a)  With respect to any Property
                --------------------------                                    
acquired after the Closing Date by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other
than (x) any Property described in paragraph (b), (c) or (d) below and (y) any
Property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 7.3(g)) as to which
the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, does not have a
perfected Lien, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent
such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or such other
documents as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable in order to
grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a security
interest in such Property and (ii) take all actions necessary or advisable to
grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a perfected
first priority security interest in such Property, including without limitation,
the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions
as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may
be requested by the Administrative Agent.

          (b)  With respect to any fee interest in any real estate having a
value (together with improvements thereof) of at least $1,000,000 acquired after
the Closing Date by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any such
real estate subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 7.3(g)), promptly
upon request of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (i) execute and
deliver a first priority mortgage or deed of trust, as the case may be, in favor
of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, covering such real
estate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent,
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              53

(ii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, provide the Lenders with (x)
title and extended coverage insurance covering such real estate in an amount at
least equal to the purchase price of such real estate (or such other amount as
shall be reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent) as well as a current
ALTA survey thereof, together with a surveyor's certificate and (y) any consents
or estoppels reasonably deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrative
Agent in connection with such mortgage or deed of trust, each of the foregoing
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and
(iii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative
Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions
shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent.

          (c)  With respect to any new Subsidiary (other than an Excluded
Foreign Subsidiary) created or acquired after the Closing Date by the Company
(which, for the purposes of this paragraph (c), shall include any existing
Subsidiary that ceases to be an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary) or any of its
Subsidiaries, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such
amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as the Administrative Agent
deems necessary or advisable in order to grant to the Administrative Agent, for
the benefit of the Lenders, a perfected first priority security interest in the
Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary which is owned by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, (ii) cause such new Subsidiary (A) to become a party to the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (B) to take such actions necessary or
advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders a
perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral described in the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with respect to such new Subsidiary,
including, without limitation, the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing
statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be requested by the Administrative
Agent, and (iii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the
Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above,
which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

          (d)  With respect to any new Excluded Foreign Subsidiary created or
acquired after the Closing Date by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to
the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as the Administrative Agent deems
necessary or advisable in order to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the
benefit of the Lenders, a perfected first priority security interest in the
Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary which is owned by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries (provided that in no event shall more than 65% of the total
outstanding Capital Stock of any such new Subsidiary be required to be so
pledged), and (ii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the
Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above,
which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.


                        SECTION 7.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS

          The Company and the Borrower hereby jointly and severally agree that,
so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains
outstanding or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or the
Administrative Agent hereunder, each of the Company and the Borrower shall not,
and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              54

          7.1  Financial Condition Covenants.
               ----------------------------- 

          (a)  Consolidated Leverage Ratio.  Permit the Consolidated Leverage
               ---------------------------                                   
Ratio as at the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of
the Borrower ending during any period set forth below to exceed the ratio set
forth below opposite such period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Consolidated
                     Period                            Leverage Ratio
                     ------                            --------------
        <S>                                            <C>
        Closing Date through December 30, 1998         6.25 to 1.0
        December 31, 1998 through December 30, 1999    5.75 to 1.0
        December 31, 1999 through December 30, 2000    5.00 to 1.0
        December 31, 2000 through December 30, 2001    4.25 to 1.0
        December 31, 2001 through December 30, 2002    3.50 to 1.0
        December 31, 2002 through December 30, 2003    3.00 to 1.0
        December 31, 2003 through thereafter           2.75 to 1.0
</TABLE>

          (b)  Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio.  Permit the Consolidated
               ------------------------------------                          
Interest Coverage Ratio for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of
the Borrower ending during any period set forth below to be less than the ratio
set forth below opposite such period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Consolidated Interest
                       Period                             Coverage Ratio
                       ------                          ---------------------
        <S>                                            <C>
        Closing Date through December 30, 1998         1.60 to 1.0
        December 31, 1998 through December 30, 1999    1.70 to 1.0
        December 31, 1999 through December 30, 2000    1.85 to 1.0
        December 31, 2000 through December 30, 2001    2.25 to 1.0
        December 31, 2001 through December 30, 2002    2.50 to 1.0
        December 31, 2002 through December 30, 2003    2.75 to 1.0
        December 31, 2003 through thereafter           2.00 to 1.0
</TABLE>

          (c)  Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.  Permit the
               ----------------------------------------             
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any period of four consecutive
fiscal quarters (commencing with the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters
ending on December 31, 1998) of the Borrower to be less than 1.05 to 1.0.

          (d)  Minimum EBITDA.  Permit Consolidated EBITDA for any fiscal year
               --------------                                                 
set forth below to be less than the amount set forth opposite such fiscal year:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                            Consolidated
          Fiscal Year          EBITDA
          -----------       ------------
          <S>               <C>
 
               1997          $30,000,000
               1998           32,000,000
               1999           35,000,000
               2000           38,500,000
               2001           42,500,000
               2002           45,000,000
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              55

<TABLE>
               <S>            <C>
               2003           45,000,000
               2004           45,000,000
</TABLE>

          7.2  Limitation on Indebtedness.  Create, incur, assume or suffer to
               --------------------------                                     
exist (in each case, to "Incur") any Indebtedness, except:
                         -----                            

          (a)  Indebtedness of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document;

          (b)  Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary and of any Wholly
     Owned Subsidiary Guarantor to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;

          (c)  Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by Section 7.3(g) in an
     aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,000,000 at any one time
     outstanding;

          (d)  Capital Lease Obligations with respect to the Borrower's
     principal manufacturing facility and the equipment located therein in an
     aggregate principal amount not to exceed $6,600,000 at any one time
     outstanding and other Capital Lease Obligations in an aggregate principal
     amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

          (e)  Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on
     Schedule 7.2(e) and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions
     thereof (without any increase in the principal amount thereof);

          (f)  guarantees made in the ordinary course of business by the
     Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of obligations of any Wholly Owned
     Subsidiary Guarantor;

          (g)  (i) Indebtedness of the Borrower in respect of the Senior
     Subordinated Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
     $110,000,000 and (ii) Indebtedness of the Company in respect of the Company
     Zeros in an aggregate, unaccreted principal amount not to exceed
     $60,100,000;

          (h)  Indebtedness of the Company evidenced by the increase in the
     principal amount of the Company Zeros in connection with the payment in
     kind of interest thereon prior to the fifth anniversary of the Closing
     Date;

          (i)  Indebtedness of a Person which becomes a Subsidiary after the
     date hereof; provided, that (i) such Indebtedness existed at the time such
                  --------                                                     
     Person became a Subsidiary and was not created in anticipation of the
     acquisition and (ii) such Indebtedness was not created in contemplation of
     such Person becoming a Subsidiary;

          (j)  Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on account of
     the deferred purchase price for acquisitions of Capital Stock and assets
     permitted pursuant to Section 7.8;

          (k)  guarantees made by Subsidiaries of the Borrower on account of the
     Senior Subordinated Notes; provided, that such guarantees are subordinated
                                --------                                       
     to the obligations of such Subsidiaries under the Guarantee and Collateral
     Agreement and the other Security Documents upon terms satisfactory to the
     Administrative Agent; and
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              56

          (l)  additional Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount (for the Borrower and all
     Subsidiaries) not to exceed $10,000,000 at any one time outstanding.

          7.3  Limitation on Liens.  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist
               -------------------                                           
any Lien upon any of its Property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, except for:

          (a)  Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good
     faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that adequate reserves with
                                       --------                            
     respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Borrower or its
     Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in conformity with GAAP;

          (b)  carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's, repairmen's
     or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are
     not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested
     in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

          (c)  pledges or deposits in connection with workers' compensation,
     unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;

          (d)  deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts
     (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and
     appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature
     incurred in the ordinary course of business;

          (e)  Liens in existence on the date hereof listed on Schedule 7.3(e),
     securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2(e), provided that no such
                                                        --------             
     Lien is spread to cover any additional Property after the Closing Date and
     that the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased;

          (f)  easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar
     encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the
     aggregate, are not substantial in amount and which do not in any case
     materially detract from the value of the Property subject thereto or
     materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the
     Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

          (g)  Liens securing Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other
     Subsidiary incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(c) to finance the acquisition
     of fixed or capital assets, provided that (i) such Liens shall be created
                                 --------                                     
     substantially simultaneously with the acquisition of such fixed or capital
     assets, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any Property other than
     the Property financed by such Indebtedness and (iii) the amount of
     Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased;

          (h)  Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents;

          (i)  any interest or title of a lessor under any lease entered into by
     the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and
     covering only the assets so leased (including, without limitation, with
     respect to the capital leases of the Borrower's principal manufacturing
     facility and related equipment and covering only such facility and related
     equipment); and
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              57

          (j)  Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.3 so long as
     neither (i) the aggregate principal amount of the obligations secured
     thereby nor (ii) the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the date
     such Lien is incurred) of the assets subject thereto exceeds (as to the
     Borrower and all Subsidiaries) $2,000,000 at any one time outstanding.

          7.4  Limitation on Fundamental Changes.  Enter into any merger,
               ---------------------------------                         
consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or
suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of, all or substantially all
of its Property or business, or make any material change in its present method
of conducting business, except:

          (a)  any Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged or consolidated with
     or into the Borrower (provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or
                           --------                                             
     surviving corporation) or with or into any Wholly Owned Subsidiary
     Guarantor (provided that the Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the
                --------                                                        
     continuing or surviving corporation);

          (b)  the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may Dispose of any or all
     of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or
     any Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor; and

          (c)  any Person may be merged or consolidated with or into the
     Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to an investment permitted
     subsection 7.8(i) or (j) (provided that the Borrower or the applicable
                               --------                                    
     Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving corporation).

          7.5  Limitation on Sale of Assets.  Dispose of any of its Property or
               ----------------------------                                    
business (including, without limitation, receivables and leasehold interests),
whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of any Subsidiary,
issue or sell any shares of such Subsidiary's Capital Stock to any Person,
except:

          (a)  the Disposition of property or assets that are no longer used or
     useful in the ordinary course of business;

          (b)  the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

          (c)  Dispositions permitted by Section 7.4(b);

          (d)  the sale or issuance of any Subsidiary's Capital Stock to the
     Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor;

          (e)  the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may, in the ordinary course of
     business, license Intellectual Property to third Persons and to one
     another, so long as each such license does not otherwise prohibit the
     granting of a Lien by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to
     the Security Documents in the Intellectual Property which is the subject of
     such license; and

          (f)  the sale of other assets having a fair market value not to exceed
     $5,000,000 in the aggregate for any fiscal year of the Borrower.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              58

          7.6  Limitation on Dividends.  Declare or pay any dividend (other than
               -----------------------                                          
dividends payable solely in common stock of the Person making such dividend) on,
or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other
analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other
acquisition of, any shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries or any warrants or options to purchase any such Capital
Stock, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in
respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or
in obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively,
"Restricted Payments"), except that:
- --------------------                

          (a)  any Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or
     any Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor;

          (b)  any payments made to the former shareholders of the Company
     pursuant to Section 1.11 of the Transaction Agreement;

          (c)  payments made on or before the Closing Date in respect of the
     redemption of Capital Stock of the Company held by existing shareholders in
     connection with the merger of DI Acquisition into the Company;

          (d)  so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
     be continuing, the Borrower may pay dividends to the Company to permit the
     Company to (i) purchase the Company's common stock or common stock options
     from present or former officers or employees of the Company or any of its
     Subsidiaries upon the death, disability or termination of employment of
     such officer or employee, provided, that the aggregate amount of payments
                               --------                                       
     under this clause (i) shall not exceed $2,000,000 during any fiscal year of
     the Borrower and $5,000,000 during the term of this Agreement, net, in any
     case, of any proceeds received by the Company and contributed to the
     Borrower in connection with resales of any common stock or common stock
     options so purchased during the relevant period and (ii) pay management
     fees to Bain Capital and Bain Affiliates expressly permitted by Section
     7.10(iii); and

          (e)  the Borrower may pay dividends to the Company to permit the
     Company to (i) pay corporate overhead expenses incurred in the ordinary
     course of business not to exceed $250,000 in any fiscal year, (ii) pay any
     taxes which are due and payable by the Company and the Borrower as part of
     a consolidated group, (iii) pay fees and expenses (other than to
     Affiliates) relating to the Company Zeros and (v) beginning in fiscal year
     2002, pay interest in cash on the Company Zeros.

          7.7  Limitation on Capital Expenditures.  Make or commit to make (by
               ----------------------------------                             
way of the acquisition of securities of a Person or otherwise) any Capital
Expenditure, except Capital Expenditures of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in
the ordinary course of business not
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              59

exceeding in any fiscal year of the Borrower the amount set forth below opposite
such fiscal year (the "Base CapEx Amount") plus the then unused Permitted
                       -----------------   ----                          
Expenditure Amount:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Fiscal Year                                      Base CapEx Amount
          -----------                                      -----------------
          <S>                                              <C>
          Closing Date through December 31, 1997           $3,000,000
          1998                                             $7,500,000
          1999                                             $7,500,000
          2000                                             $7,500,000
          2001                                             $8,500,000
          2002                                             $8,500,000
          2003                                             $9,500,000
          2004                                             $9,500,000
</TABLE>

; provided, that (i) up to 50% of the Base CapEx Amount not expended in the
- ----------                                                                 
fiscal year for which it is permitted may be carried over for expenditure in the
next succeeding fiscal year, and (ii) Capital Expenditures made during any
fiscal year shall be deemed made, first, in respect of the Base CapEx Amount
                                  -----                                     
permitted for such fiscal year as provided above and, second, in respect of any
                                                      ------                   
portion of such Base CapEx Amount carried over from the prior fiscal year
pursuant to subclause (i) above; provided, further, that notwithstanding the
                                 --------  -------                          
foregoing, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Capital Expenditures
(which Capital Expenditures shall not be included in the amount of Capital
Expenditures permitted to be made pursuant to this Section 7.7 without giving
effect to this second proviso) with Reinvestment Deferred Amounts.

          7.8  Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances.  Make any advance,
               ---------------------------------------------                    
loan, extension of credit (by way of guaranty or otherwise) or capital
contribution to, or purchase any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other
securities of or any assets constituting all or a material part of a business
unit of, or make any other investment in, any Person, except:

          (a)  extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

          (b)  investments in Cash Equivalents;

          (c)  Guarantee Obligations permitted by Section 7.2;

          (d)  loans and advances to employees of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business (including, without
     limitation, for travel, entertainment and relocation expenses) in an
     aggregate amount for the Company and its Subsidiaries not to exceed
     $500,000 at any one time outstanding;

          (e) (i)  the Company may acquire and hold obligations of one or more
     officers or other employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries in
     connection with such officers' or employees' acquisition of shares of
     common stock of the Company so long as no cash is paid by the Company or
     any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition of any such
     obligations, (ii) the Borrower may lend up to $500,000 in an aggregate
     principal amount at any one time outstanding to officers and employees of
     the Company and its Subsidiaries on or after the date on which any such
     officers and employees exercise their options to purchase common stock of
     the Company issued to them in connection with the Transaction so long as
     the proceeds of such loans are promptly used by such officers and employees
     to pay taxes payable by them as a result of such exercise and (iii)
     investments consisting of loans by the Borrower or its
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              60

     Subsidiaries to employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries, not exceeding
     (x) $650,000 for loans made in connection with the Transaction and (y)
     $1,000,000 for loans made after the Closing Date, in each case, in
     aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding and made solely for the
     purpose of funding purchases by such employees of common stock of the
     Company;

          (f)  the Transaction;

          (g)  deposits made in the ordinary course of business consistent with
     past practices to secure the performance of leases;

          (h)  investments by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the
     Borrower or any Person that, prior to such investment, is a Wholly Owned
     Subsidiary Guarantor;

          (i)  the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may acquire all or
     substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of any Person or business
     unit of a Person; provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default has
                       --------                                            
     occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) the Company
     would have been in compliance, on a pro forma basis, with each of the
     financial covenants contained in Section 7.1 if such acquisition had been
     made on the first day of the most recently completed period of calculation
     thereof, (iii) the aggregate consideration (including the aggregate
     principal amount of Indebtedness which is assumed or guaranteed, the
     aggregate amount of any deferred consideration and the fair market value of
     any non-cash consideration) paid on account of all such acquisitions which
     are consummated after the Closing Date does not exceed the sum of
     $30,000,000 and the then unused Permitted Expenditure Amount; and

          (j)  in addition to investments otherwise expressly permitted by this
     Section 7.8, investments by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an
     aggregate amount (valued at cost, but net of returns of capital from such
     investments) not to exceed  during the term of this Agreement the sum of
     $5,000,000 and the then unused Permitted Expenditure Amount on the date
     upon which such investment is made.

          7.9  Limitation on Optional Payments and Modifications of Debt
               ---------------------------------------------------------
Instruments, etc.  (a)  Make or offer to make any payment, prepayment,
- -----------------                                                     
repurchase or redemption of or otherwise defease or segregate funds with respect
to the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Company Zeros (other than scheduled
interest payments required to be made in cash), (b) amend, modify, waive or
otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or
other change to, any of the terms of the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Senior
Subordinated Note Indenture, the Company Zeros or the Company Indenture (other
than any such amendment, modification, waiver or other change which (i) would
extend the maturity or reduce the amount of any payment of principal thereof or
which would reduce the rate or extend the date for payment of interest thereon
or (ii) is not adverse in any respect to the interests of the Lenders in the
reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) or (c)
designate any Indebtedness as "Designated Senior Indebtedness" for the purposes
of the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

          7.10  Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.  Enter into any
                ------------------------------------------                 
transaction, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or
exchange of Property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any
management, advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate (other than the
Company, the Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor) unless such
transaction is (a) not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement and
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              61

(b) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Company, the
Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, than it would obtain in a
comparable arm's length transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate;
provided, that the following transactions shall not be prohibited:
- --------                                                          

          (i)  the Transaction;

          (ii)  the payment to Bain Capital and/or Bain Affiliates of (A) one
     time fees on or about the Closing Date in an aggregate amount (for all such
     Persons taken together) not to exceed $3,100,000 (plus reasonable out-of-
     pocket expenses incurred by such Persons in providing services to the
     Company or the Borrower) and (B) in connection with any acquisition
     consummated pursuant to Section 7.8(i) or (j), an additional fee in an
     amount not to exceed 2% of the aggregate consideration paid by the Company
     and its Subsidiaries on account of such acquisition;

          (iii)  so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
     and is continuing, the payment, on a quarterly basis, of management fees to
     Bain Capital and/or the Bain Affiliates in an aggregate amount (for all
     such Persons taken together) not to exceed $250,000 in any fiscal quarter
     of the Borrower; provided that the portion of such fee which accrued but
                      --------                                               
     was not payable during the existence and continuance of such Default or
     Event of Default shall be permitted to be paid at such time as all Defaults
     and Events of Default have been cured or waived; and

          (iv)  the reimbursement of Bain Capital and/or the Bain Affiliates for
     their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with
     performing management services to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7.10, at no
time will the Company or any of its Subsidiaries make any payments to Bain
Capital and/or any of its Affiliates in an amount which would exceed that amount
permitted to be paid pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or the
Company Indenture at such time.

          7.11  Limitation on Sales and Leasebacks.  Enter into any arrangement
                ----------------------------------                             
with any Person providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries of real or personal property which has been or is to be sold or
transferred by the Company or such Subsidiary to such Person or to any other
Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the
security of such property or rental obligations of the Company or such
Subsidiary.

          7.12  Limitation on Changes in Fiscal Periods.  Permit the fiscal year
                ---------------------------------------                         
of the Company or the Borrower to end on a day other than December 31 or change
the Company's or the Borrower's method of determining fiscal quarters.

          7.13  Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses.  Enter into or suffer to
                -------------------------------------                          
exist or become effective any agreement which prohibits or limits the ability of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any Lien upon any of its Property or revenues, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
and (b) any agreements governing any purchase money Liens or Capital Lease
Obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or
limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby).
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              62

          7.14  Limitation on Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions.  Enter
                ------------------------------------------------------        
into or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or
restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to (a) pay
dividends or make any other distributions in respect of any Capital Stock of
such Subsidiary held by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, the Borrower or any
other Subsidiary of the Borrower, (b) make loans or advances to the Borrower or
any other Subsidiary of the Borrower or (c) transfer any of its assets to the
Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, except for such encumbrances
or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) any restrictions existing
under the Loan Documents and (ii) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary
imposed pursuant to an agreement which has been entered into in connection with
the Disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of
such Subsidiary.

          7.15  Limitation on Lines of Business.  Enter into any business,
                -------------------------------                           
either directly or through any Subsidiary, except for those businesses in which
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Agreement or
which are reasonably related thereto.

          7.16  Limitation on Amendments to Transaction Documents.  (a)  Amend,
                -------------------------------------------------              
supplement or otherwise modify (pursuant to a waiver or otherwise) the terms and
conditions of the indemnities and licenses furnished to the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries pursuant to any of the Transaction Documents such that after
giving effect thereto such indemnities or licenses shall be materially less
favorable to the interests of the Loan Parties or the Lenders with respect
thereto or (b) otherwise amend, supplement or otherwise modify the terms and
conditions of the Transaction Documents except to the extent that any such
amendment, supplement or modification could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

          7.17  Limitation on Activities of the Company.  In the case of the
                ---------------------------------------                     
Company and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any
other Loan Document, (a) conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, or commit to
conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, any business or operations other than
those incidental to its ownership of the Capital Stock of the Borrower, (b)
incur, create, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness or other liabilities
or financial obligations, other than (i) nonconsensual obligations imposed by
operation of law, (ii) pursuant to the Loan Documents to which it is a party,
(iii) the Company Zeros and the Company Indenture and (iv) obligations with
respect to its Capital Stock, or (c) own, lease, manage or otherwise operate any
properties or assets (including cash and Cash Equivalents), other than Capital
Stock of the Borrower and cash received in connection with dividends made by the
Borrower in accordance with Section 7.6 pending application in the manner
contemplated by said Section.


                         SECTION 8.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT

          If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

          (a)  The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or
     Reimbursement Obligation when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or
     the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or Reimbursement
     Obligation, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan
     Document, within three days after any such interest or other amount becomes
     due in accordance with the terms hereof; or
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              63

          (b)  Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan
     Party herein or in any other Loan Document or which is contained in any
     certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at
     any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan
     Document shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect on or
     as of the date made or deemed made; or

          (c)  Any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of
     any agreement contained in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 6.4(a) (with
     respect to the Company and the Borrower only) or in Section 7; or

          (d)  Any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of
     any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document
     (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section), and
     (to the extent that such default is susceptible of remedy) such default
     shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the earlier of (x)
     the date upon which the Borrower knows or should reasonably be expected to
     know of the existence of such default or (y) the date upon which the
     Borrower receives notice of such event from the Administrative Agent or any
     Lender; or

          (e)  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) default in
     making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness (including, without
     limitation, any Guarantee Obligation, but excluding the Loans) on the
     scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (ii) default in
     making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness beyond the
     period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under
     which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in the observance or
     performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such
     Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing,
     securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition
     exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause,
     or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness (or a trustee
     or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving
     of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated
     maturity or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee
     Obligation) to become payable; provided, that a default, event or condition
                                    --------                                    
     described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (e) shall not at
     any time constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement unless, at
     such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described
     in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (e) shall have occurred
     and be continuing with respect to Indebtedness the outstanding principal
     amount of which exceeds in the aggregate $1,000,000; or

          (f)  (i) The Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall
     commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or
     future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to
     bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to
     have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to
     adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization,
     arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition
     or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment
     of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official
     for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the Company or
     any of its Material Subsidiaries shall make a general assignment for the
     benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the
     Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries any case, proceeding or other
     action of a
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              64

     nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an
     order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains
     undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii)
     there shall be commenced against the Company or any of its Material
     Subsidiaries any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a
     warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all
     or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of an
     order for any such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, or
     stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or
     (iv) the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall take any action
     in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or
     acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii)
     above; or (v) the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall
     generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its
     inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

          (g)  (i) Any Person shall engage in any "prohibited transaction" (as
     defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any
     Plan, (ii) any "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 302
     of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan or
     any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan shall arise on the assets of the
     Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (iii) a Reportable Event shall
     occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee
     appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate,
     any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of
     proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of
     the Required Lenders, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for
     purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall
     terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) the Borrower or any
     Commonly Controlled Entity shall, or in the reasonable opinion of the
     Required Lenders is likely to, incur any liability in connection with a
     withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, a Multiemployer
     Plan or (vi) any other event or condition shall occur or exist with respect
     to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (vi) above, such event
     or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any,
     could, in the sole judgment of the Required Lenders, reasonably be expected
     to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

          (h)  One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability
     (not paid or fully covered by insurance) of $1,000,000 or more, and all
     such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed
     or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof; or

          (i)  Any of the Security Documents shall cease, for any reason, to be
     in full force and effect, or any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan
     Party shall so assert, or any Lien created by any of the Security Documents
     shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported
     to be created thereby; or

          (j)  The guarantee contained in Section 2 of the Guarantee and
     Collateral Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and
     effect or any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party shall so
     assert; or

          (k)  A Change of Control or a Specified Change of Control shall occur;
     or
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              65

          (l)  The Company shall cease to own directly 100% on a fully diluted
     basis of the economic and voting interest in the Borrower's capital stock,
     free of Liens except Liens created by the Guarantee and Collateral
     Agreement; or

          (m)  The Senior Subordinated Notes shall cease, for any reason, to be
     validly subordinated to the Obligations as provided in the Senior
     Subordinated Note Indenture or any Loan Party, any Affiliate of any Loan
     Party, the trustee in respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes or the
     holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Senior
     Subordinated Notes shall so assert;

then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified
in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (f) above with respect to the Borrower,
automatically the Commitments shall immediately terminate and the Loans
hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all
amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then
outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required
thereunder) shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is
any other Event of Default, any or all of the following actions may be taken:
(i) with the consent of the Majority Revolving Credit Facility Lenders, the
Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Majority Revolving Credit
Facility Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower
declare the Revolving Credit Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon
the Revolving Credit Commitments shall immediately terminate; (ii) with the
consent of the Majority Acquisition Term Loan Facility Lenders, the
Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Majority Acquisition Term
Loan Facility Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower
declare the Acquisition Term Loan Commitments to be terminated forthwith,
whereupon the Acquisition Term Loan Commitments shall immediately terminate; and
(iii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or
upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by
notice to the Borrower, declare the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest
thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents (including, without limitation, all amounts of L/C Obligations,
whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall
have presented the documents required thereunder) to be due and payable
forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable.  With
respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor
shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to this
paragraph, the Borrower shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account
opened by the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the aggregate then undrawn
and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit.  Amounts held in such cash
collateral account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment
of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof
after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if
any, shall be applied to repay other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and
under the other Loan Documents.  After all such Letters of Credit shall have
expired or been fully drawn upon, all Reimbursement Obligations shall have been
satisfied and all other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the
other Loan Documents shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, in such
cash collateral account shall be returned to the Borrower (or such other Person
as may be lawfully entitled thereto).  Except as expressly provided above in
this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are
hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              66

                     SECTION 9.  THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

          9.1  Appointment.  Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and
               -----------                                                
appoints the Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably
authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on
its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated
to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the
Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those
expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and
no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or
liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or
otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

          9.2  Delegation of Duties.  The Administrative Agent may execute any
               --------------------                                           
of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through
agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel
concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.  The Administrative Agent
shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or
attorneys in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

          9.3  Exculpatory Provisions.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any
               ----------------------                                           
of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates
shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it
or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan
Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing result from its or such
Person's own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any
manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or
warranties made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof contained in this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate, report, statement or
other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative
Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or
for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or
sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any failure of
any Loan Party a party thereto to perform its obligations hereunder or
thereunder.  The Administrative Agent shall not be under any obligation to any
Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of
the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party.

          9.4  Reliance by Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall
               --------------------------------                                 
be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any
instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit,
letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document
or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been
signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and
statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the
Company or the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by
the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee
of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of
assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the
Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in
failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the
Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders) as it
deems appropriate or it shall first be
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              67

indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and
expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take
any such action.  The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected
in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, if so
specified by this Agreement, all Lenders), and such request and any action taken
or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all
future holders of the Loans.

          9.5  Notice of Default.  The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed
               -----------------                                               
to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default
hereunder unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender, the
Company or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or
Event of Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default".  In the
event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative
Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders.  The Administrative Agent shall
take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be
reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this
Agreement, all Lenders); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent
                         --------                                               
shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not
be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with
respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the
best interests of the Lenders.

          9.6  Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders.  Each Lender expressly
               ----------------------------------------                        
acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers,
directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates have made any
representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent
hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Loan Party or any
affiliate of a Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or
warranty by the Administrative Agent to any Lender.  Each Lender represents to
the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon
the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and
investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other
condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates and made
its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement.
Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance
upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents
and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its
own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such
investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business,
operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the
Loan Parties and their affiliates.  Except for notices, reports and other
documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the
Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty
or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information
concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or
otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any affiliate of
a Loan Party which may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or
any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or
affiliates.

          9.7  Indemnification.  The Lenders agree to indemnify the
               ---------------                                     
Administrative Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by
the Company or the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Company
or the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective Revolving
Credit Percentages, Tranche A Term Loan
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              68

Percentages, Tranche B Term Loan Percentages and Acquisition Term Loan
Percentages in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this
Section 9.7 (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the
Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full,
ratably in accordance with such percentages immediately prior to such date),
from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any
kind whatsoever which may at any time (including, without limitation, at any
time following the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted
against the Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of, the
Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents
contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the
Administrative Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided
                                                                       --------
that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, expenses or disbursements which result from the Administrative Agent's
gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Administrative Agent shall have the
right to deduct any amount owed to it by any Lender under this Section from any
payment made by it to such Lender hereunder.  The agreements in this Section 9.7
shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

          9.8  Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity.  The
               -----------------------------------------------      
Administrative Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from
and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party as though the
Administrative Agent was not the Administrative Agent.  With respect to its
Loans made or renewed by it and with respect to any Letter of Credit issued or
participated in by it, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and
powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may
exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the terms
"Lender" and "Lenders" shall include the Administrative Agent in its individual
capacity.

          9.9  Successor Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent may
               ------------------------------                               
resign as Administrative Agent upon 10 days' notice to the Lenders and the
Borrower.  If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders
shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which
successor agent shall (unless an Event of Default under Section 8(a) or Section
8(f) with respect to the Borrower shall have occurred and be continuing) be
approved by the Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and
duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term "Administrative Agent" shall
mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the
former Administrative Agent's rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent
shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of
such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any
holders of the Loans.  If no successor agent has accepted appointment as
Administrative Agent by the date that is 30 days following a retiring
Administrative Agent's notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative
Agent's resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the
Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent
hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor
agent as provided for above.  After any retiring Administrative Agent's
resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 9 shall
inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while
it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              69

          9.10  Authorization to Release Liens.  The Administrative Agent is
                ------------------------------                              
hereby irrevocably authorized by each of the Lenders to release any Lien
covering any Property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is the
subject of a Disposition which is permitted by this Agreement or which has been
consented to in accordance with Section 10.1.


                          SECTION 10.  MISCELLANEOUS

          10.1  Amendments and Waivers.  Neither this Agreement, any other Loan
                ----------------------                                         
Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or
modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.1.  The
Required Lenders and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may,
or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent
and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time,
(a) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to
the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of
the Lenders or of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such
terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the
case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its
consequences; provided, however, that no such waiver and no such amendment,
              --------  -------                                            
supplement or modification shall (i) forgive or reduce the principal amount or
extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, extend the scheduled
date of any amortization payment in respect of any Term Loan, reduce the stated
rate of any interest, fee or letter of credit commission payable hereunder or
extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or
extend the expiration date of any Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment, in each
case without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; (ii) amend,
modify or waive any provision of this Section 10.1 or reduce any percentage
specified in the definition of Required Lenders or Required Prepayment Lenders,
consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and
obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release all or
substantially all of the Collateral or release all or substantially all of the
Guarantors from their obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement,
in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; (iii) reduce the
percentage specified in the definition of Majority Facility Lenders without the
written consent of all Lenders under each affected Facility; (iv) amend, modify
or waive any provision of Section 9 without the written consent of the
Administrative Agent; (v) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 2.6 or
2.7 without the written consent of the Swing Line Lender or (vi) amend, modify
or waive any provision of Section 3 without the written consent of the Issuing
Lender.  Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification
shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan
Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the
Loans.  In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the
Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights
hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of
Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such
waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or
impair any right consequent thereon.

          10.2  Notices.  All notices, requests and demands to or upon the
                -------                                                   
respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by
telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to
have been duly given or made when delivered, or three Business Days after being
deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              70

the case of telecopy notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of
the Company and the Administrative Agent, and as set forth in an administrative
questionnaire delivered to the Administrative Agent in the case of the Lenders,
or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties
hereto:

  The Company:                Details, Inc.
                              1231 Simon Circle
                              Anaheim, California  92806
                              Attention:  Chief Financial Officer
                              Telecopy:  (714) 630-9438

          with copies to:     Bain Capital, Inc.
                              Two Copley Plaza
                              6th Floor
                              Boston, Massachusetts  02116
                              Attention:  David Dominik/Prescott Ashe/Steve Zide
                              Telecopy:  (617) 572-3274

                              Ropes & Gray
                              One International Place
                              Boston, Massachusetts  02110
                              Attention:  Philip J. Smith
                              Telecopy:  (617) 951-7050

  The Administrative Agent:   The Chase Manhattan Bank
                              c/o The Loan and Agency Services Group
                              1 Chase Manhattan Plaza - 8th Floor
                              New York, New York, 10081
                              Attention:  Janet Belden
                              Telecopy:  (212) 552-5658

          with a copy to:     The Chase Manhattan Bank
                              270 Park Avenue
                              New York, New York  10017
                              Attention:  John Huber
                              Telecopy:  (212) 270-4584
 
provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent
- --------                                                                       
or the Lenders shall not be effective until received.

          10.3  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.  No failure to exercise and no
                ------------------------------                                
delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any
right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents
shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of
any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.
The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and
not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

          10.4  Survival of Representations and Warranties.  All representations
                ------------------------------------------                      
and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document,
certificate or
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              71

statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder.

          10.5  Payment of Expenses and Taxes.  The Borrower agrees (a) to pay
                -----------------------------                                 
or reimburse the Administrative Agent for all its out-of-pocket costs and
expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation and execution
of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or
therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, the reasonable
fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, (b) to pay or
reimburse each Lender and the Administrative Agent for all its costs and
expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any
rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other
documents, including, without limitation, the fees and disbursements of counsel
(including the allocated fees and expenses of in-house counsel) to each Lender
and of counsel to the Administrative Agent, (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold each
Lender and the Administrative Agent harmless from, any and all recording and
filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any
delay in paying, stamp, excise and other taxes, if any, which may be payable or
determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or
consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or
any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or
in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other
documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and the
Administrative Agent and their respective officers, directors, employees,
affiliates, agents and controlling persons (each, an "indemnitee") harmless from
and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any
kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement,
performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and
any such other documents, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing
relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans or the violation of, noncompliance
with or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of the Properties (all the
foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the "indemnified liabilities"),
provided, that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to any indemnitee
- --------                                                                        
with respect to indemnified liabilities to the extent such indemnified
liabilities result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such
indemnitee.  The agreements in this Section 10.5 shall survive repayment of the
Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

          10.6  Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments.  (a)
                ------------------------------------------------------       
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company,
the Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, all future holders of the
Loans and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower may
not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement
without the prior written consent of each Lender.

          (b)  Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, in
accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to one or more banks, financial
institutions or other entities (each, a "Participant") participating interests
                                         -----------                          
in any Loan owing to such Lender, any Commitment of such Lender or any other
interest of such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.  In the
event of any such sale by a Lender of a participating interest to a Participant,
such Lender's obligations under this Agreement to the other parties to this
Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Lender shall remain solely responsible
for the performance thereof, such Lender shall remain the holder of any such
Loan for all purposes
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              72

under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender
in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents.  In no event shall any Participant under any such
participation have any right to approve any amendment or waiver of any provision
of any Loan Document, or any consent to any departure by any Loan Party
therefrom, except to the extent that such amendment, waiver or consent would
reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Loans or any fees payable
hereunder, or postpone the date of the final maturity of the Loans, in each case
to the extent subject to such participation.  The Borrower agrees that if
amounts outstanding under this Agreement and the Loans are due or unpaid, or
shall have been declared or shall have become due and payable upon the
occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant shall, to the maximum extent
permitted by applicable law, be deemed to have the right of setoff in respect of
its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same
extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it
as a Lender under this Agreement, provided that, in purchasing such
                                  --------                         
participating interest, such Participant shall be deemed to have agreed to share
with the Lenders the proceeds thereof as provided in Section 10.7(a) as fully as
if it were a Lender hereunder.  The Borrower also agrees that each Participant
shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.18, 2.19 and 2.20 with respect
to its participation in the Commitments and the Loans outstanding from time to
time as if it was a Lender; provided that, in the case of Section 2.19, such
                            --------                                        
Participant shall have complied with the requirements of said Section and
provided, further, that no Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater
- --------  -------                                                              
amount pursuant to any such Section than the transferor Lender would have been
entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the participation transferred by
such transferor Lender to such Participant had no such transfer occurred.

          (c)  Any Lender (an "Assignor") may, in accordance with applicable
                               --------                                     
law, at any time and from time to time assign to any Lender or any affiliate or
Approved Fund thereof or, with the consent of the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent (which, in each case, shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed), to an additional bank, financial institution or other entity (an
"Assignee") all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement
- ---------                                                                     
pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, substantially in the form of Exhibit
D, executed by such Assignee and such Assignor (and, in the case of an Assignee
that is not then a Lender or an affiliate or Approved Fund thereof, by the
Borrower and the Administrative Agent) and delivered to the Administrative Agent
for its acceptance and recording in the Register; provided that no such
                                                  --------             
assignment to an Assignee (other than any Lender or any affiliate or Approved
Fund thereof) shall be in an aggregate principal amount of less than $5,000,000
(other than in the case of an assignment of all of a Lender's interests under
this Agreement), unless otherwise agreed by the Borrower and the Administrative
Agent.  Any such assignment need not be ratable as among the Facilities.  Upon
such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective
date determined pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, (x) the Assignee
thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in such
Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder
with a Commitment and/or Loans as set forth therein, and (y) the Assignor
thereunder shall, to the extent provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, be
released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an
Assignment and Acceptance covering all of an Assignor's rights and obligations
under this Agreement, such assigning Lender shall cease to be a party hereto).
Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 10.6, the consent of the Borrower
shall not be required, and, unless requested by the Assignee and/or the
Assignor, new Notes shall not be required to be executed and delivered
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              73

by the Borrower, for any assignment which occurs at any time when any of the
events described in Section 8 shall have occurred and be continuing.

          (d)  The Administrative Agent shall maintain at its address referred
to in Section 10.2 a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and
a register (the "Register") for the recordation of the names and addresses of
                 --------                                                    
the Lenders and the Commitments of, and the principal amount of the Loans owing
to, each Lender from time to time.  The entries in the Register shall be
conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrower, each other Loan
Party, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose
name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the Loan recorded therein for
all purposes of this Agreement.

          (e)  Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by an
Assignor and an Assignee (and, in the case of an Assignee that is not then a
Lender or an affiliate or Approved Fund thereof, by the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent) together with payment to the Administrative Agent of a
registration and processing fee of $3,500, the Administrative Agent shall (i)
promptly accept such Assignment and Acceptance and (ii) record the information
contained therein in the Register on the effective date determined pursuant
thereto; provided however, that no such fee shall be payable in the case of an
         -------- -------                                                     
assignment to another Lender or an Affiliate or Approved Fund of a Lender; and
provided further that, in the case of contemporaneous assignments by a Lender to
- -------- -------                                                                
more than one fund managed by the same investment advisor (which funds are not
then Lenders hereunder), only a single $3,500 such fee shall be payable for all
such contemporaneous assignments.

          (f)  (i)  To the extent requested by any Lender, the Loans made by
such Lender shall be evidenced by a Note issued by the Borrower, substantially
in the form of Exhibit F-1, F-2, F-3, or F-4, as the case may be, payable to the
order of such Lender (or, in the case of any Alternative Note, payable to such
Lender or its registered assigns).  Each Lender is hereby authorized to record,
on the schedule annexed to and constituting a part of the relevant Note,
information regarding the relevant Loans made by such Lender, and any such
recordation shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the
                             ----- -----                                
information so recorded, provided that the failure to make any such recordation
                         --------                                              
or any error in such recordation shall not affect the Borrower's obligations
hereunder or under any Note.  On or prior to the effective date of an Assignment
and Acceptance, the Borrower, at its own expense, shall, to the extent requested
by the Assignee, execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, in exchange
for the relevant Notes, new Notes to the order of the Assignee and, if
applicable, the Assignor.  Such new Notes shall be dated the Closing Date.

          (ii)  Any Non-U.S. Lender that could become completely exempt from
withholding of any tax, assessment or other charge or levy imposed by or on
behalf of the United States or any taxing authority thereof ("U.S. Taxes") in
                                                              ----------     
respect of payment of any Obligations due to such Non-U.S. Lender under this
Agreement if the Obligations were in registered form for U.S. federal income tax
purposes may request the Borrower (through the Administrative Agent), and the
Borrower agrees thereupon, to exchange any promissory note(s) evidencing such
Obligations for promissory note(s) substantially in the form of Exhibit F-3 or
F-4, as the case may be (each, an "Alternative Note").  Alternative Notes may
                                   ----------------                          
not be exchanged for promissory notes that are not Alternative Notes.  Each Non-
U.S. Lender that holds Alternative Note(s) (an "Alternative Noteholder") (or, if
                                                ----------------------          
such Alternative Noteholder is not the beneficial owner thereof, such beneficial
owner) shall deliver to the Borrower prior to or at the time such Non-U.S.
Lender becomes an Alternative Noteholder each of the forms and certifications
required by Section 2.19(b).  An Alternative Note and the
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              74

Obligation(s) evidenced thereby may be assigned or otherwise transferred in
whole or in part only by registration of such assignment or transfer of such
Alternative Note and the Obligation(s) evidenced thereby on the Register (and
each Alternative Note shall expressly so provide).  Any assignment or transfer
of all or part of such Obligation(s) and the Alternative Note(s) evidencing the
same shall be registered on the Register only upon surrender for registration of
assignment or transfer of the Alternative Note(s) evidencing such Obligation(s),
duly endorsed by (or accompanied by a written instrument of assignment or
transfer duly executed by) the Alternative Noteholder thereof, and thereupon one
or more new Alternative Note(s) in the same aggregate principal amount shall be
issued to the designated Assignee(s).  No assignment of an Alternative Note and
the Obligations evidenced thereby shall be effective unless it has been recorded
in the Register.

          (g)  For avoidance of doubt, the parties to this Agreement acknowledge
that the provisions of this Section 10.6 concerning assignments of Loans and
Notes relate only to absolute assignments and that such provisions do not
prohibit assignments creating security interests, including, without limitation,
any pledge or assignment by a Lender of any Loan or Note to any Federal Reserve
Bank in accordance with applicable law.

          10.7  Adjustments; Set-off.  (a)  Except to the extent that this
                --------------------                                      
Agreement provides for payments to be allocated to the Lenders under a
particular Facility, if any Lender (a "Benefitted Lender") shall at any time
                                       -----------------                    
receive any payment of all or part of its Loans or the Reimbursement Obligations
owing to it, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof
(whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or
proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 8(f), or otherwise), in a
greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other
Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender's Loans or the Reimbursement
Obligations owing to such other Lender, or interest thereon, such Benefitted
Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest
in such portion of each such other Lender's Loan and/or of the Reimbursement
Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other Lenders
with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be
necessary to cause such Benefitted Lender to share the excess payment or
benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders;
provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits
- --------  -------                                                               
is thereafter recovered from such Benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be
rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such
recovery, but without interest.

          (b)  In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by
law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Company or
the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Company and the
Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due
and payable by the Company or the Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated
maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set off and appropriate and apply
against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand,
provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or
claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or
contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or
any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Company
or the Borrower.  Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Company, the
Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such setoff and application made
by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect
                --------                                                      
the validity of such setoff and application.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              75

          10.8  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed by one or more of
                ------------                                                   
the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including
by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to
constitute one and the same instrument.  A set of the copies of this Agreement
signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent.

          10.9  Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement which is
                ------------                                           
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

          10.10  Integration.  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents
                 -----------                                              
represent the agreement of the Company, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent
and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no
promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative
Agent or any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or
referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

          10.11  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
                 -------------                                                
OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND
INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          10.12  Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers.  Each of the Company and
                 -----------------------------------                          
the Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

          (a)  submits for itself and its Property in any legal action or
     proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which
     it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in
     respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the Courts of
     the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the
     Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

          (b)  consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in
     such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to
     the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such
     action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to
     plead or claim the same;

          (c)  agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding
     may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail
     (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the
     Company or the Borrower, as the case may be at its address set forth in
     Section 10.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent
     shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

          (d)  agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect
     service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the
     right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

          (e)  waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it
     may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to
     in this Section 10.12 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential
     damages.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              76

          10.13  Acknowledgements.  Each of the Company and the Borrower hereby
                 ----------------                                              
acknowledges that:

          (a)  it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and
     delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

          (b)  neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary
     relationship with or duty to the Company or the Borrower arising out of or
     in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and
     the relationship between Administrative Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and
     the Company and the Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or
     therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

          (c)  no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents
     or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among
     the Lenders or among the Company, the Borrower and the Lenders.

          10.14  WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL.  THE COMPANY, THE BORROWER, THE
                 ---------------------                                 
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY
WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT
OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

          10.15  Confidentiality.  Each of the Administrative Agent and each
                 ---------------                                            
Lender agrees to use reasonable efforts to keep confidential all non-public
information provided to it by any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement that is
designated by such Loan Party as confidential; provided that nothing herein
                                               --------                    
shall prevent the Administrative Agent or any Lender from disclosing any such
information (a) to the Administrative Agent, any other Lender or any affiliate
of any Lender, (b) to any Participant or Assignee (each, a "Transferee") or
                                                            ----------     
prospective Transferee which agrees to comply with the provisions of this
Section 10.15, (c) to the employees, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants
and other professional advisors of such Lender or its affiliates, (d) upon the
request or demand of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the
Administrative Agent or such Lender, (e) in response to any order of any court
or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any
Requirement of Law, (f) if requested or required to do so in connection with any
litigation or similar proceeding, (g) which has been publicly disclosed other
than in breach of this Section 10.15, (h) to the National Association of
Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized
rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender's investment
portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender, or (i)
in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan
Document.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              77

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as
of the day and year first above written.

                                        DETAILS HOLDINGS, INC.

                                        By: /s/ Joseph P. Gisch
                                            ____________________________________
                                            Name: 
                                            Title:

                                        DETAILS, INC.

                                        By: /s/ Joseph P. Gisch
                                            ____________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                        THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as 
                                        Administrative Agent and as a Lender

                                        By: /s/ Lawrence Palumbo Jr.
                                            ____________________________________
                                            Name: Lawrence Palumbo Jr.
                                            Title: Vice President
 
<PAGE>
 
                                        STATE STREET BANK & TRUST COMPANY

                                        By: /s/ Mark H. Trachy
                                            ____________________________________
                                            Name: Mark H. Trachy
                                            Title: Vice President, 
                                                   High Technology

<PAGE>
 
                                        CITY NATIONAL BANK

                                        By: /s/ Scott J. Kelley
                                            ____________________________________
                                            Name: Scott J. Kelley
                                            Title: Vice President

<PAGE>
 
                                        IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY

                                        By: /s/ Mark H. Minter
                                            ____________________________________
                                            Name: Mark H. Minter
                                            Title: Director
<PAGE>
 
                                        BANKBOSTON N.A.

                                        By: /s/ Jay L. Massimo
                                            ____________________________________
                                            Name: Jay L. Massimo
                                            Title: Vice President

<PAGE>
 
                                        CRESCENT/MACH I PARTNERS, L.P.,
                                        by:  TCW Asset Management Company,
                                        its Investment Manager

                                        By: Justin L. Driscoll
                                            ____________________________________
                                            Name:  Justin L. Driscoll
                                            Title: Vice President
<PAGE>
 
                                        MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE
                                        INSURANCE CO.

                                        By: /s/ Clifford M. Noreen
                                            ____________________________________
                                            Name: Clifford M. Noreen
                                            Title: Managing Director
<PAGE>
 
                                   MERRILL LYNCH PRIME RATE PORTFOLIO

                                   By:  Merrill Lynch Asset Management, L.P., as
                                   Investment Advisor

                                   By: /s/ Anthony R. Clemente
                                       _________________________________________
                                       Name: Anthony R. Clemente
                                       Title: Authorized Signatory
<PAGE>
 
                                        PILGRIM AMERICA PRIME RATE TRUST

                                        By: /s/ Thomas C. Hunt
                                            ____________________________________
                                            Name: Thomas C. Hunt
                                            Title: Assistant Portfolio Manager
<PAGE>
 
                                        VAN KAMPEN AMERICAN CAPITAL PRIME 
                                        RATE INCOME TRUST

                                        By: /s/ Kathleen A. Zarn
                                            ____________________________________
                                            Name: Kathleen A. Zarn
                                            Title: Vice President
<PAGE>
 
                                                                         Annex A
                                                                         -------

           PRICING GRID FOR REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS, SWING LINE LOANS
       TRANCHE A TERM LOANS, ACQUISITION TERM LOANS AND COMMITMENT FEES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                Applicable Margin      Applicable                 
            Consolidated                                                         for Eurodollar      Margin for ABR               
              Interest                             Consolidated                Loans and Letters    Loans and Swing    Commitment 
           Coverage Ratio                         Leverage Ratio                   of Credit           Line Loans       Fee Rate  
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>                                    <C>                  <C>                <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.0       greater than or equal to 5.00 to 1.0             2.50%              1.50%         .50%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

greater than 2.00 to 1.0 and            less than 5.00 to 1.0 and                        2.25%              1.25%         .50%
less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.0       greater than or equal to 4.00 to 1.0
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

greater than 2.50 to 1.0 and            less than 4.00 to 1.0 and                        2.00%              1.00%         .50%
less than or equal to 3.00 to 1.0       greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.0
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

greater than 3.00 to 1.0 and            less than 3.00 to 1.0 and                        1.75%               .75%        .375%
less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.0       greater than or equal to 2.50 to 1.0
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

greater than  3.50 to 1.0               less than 2.50 to 1.0                            1.50%               .50%        .375%
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

Changes in the Applicable Margin with respect to Tranche A Term Loans,
Acquisition Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans or in the Commitment Fee Rate
resulting from changes in the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio and the
Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall become effective on the date (the "Adjustment
                                                                     ----------
Date") on which financial statements are delivered to the Lenders pursuant to
- ----                                                                         
Section 6.1 (but in any event not later than the 45th day after the end of each
of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year or the 90th day after
the end of each fiscal year, as the case may be) and shall remain in effect
until the next change to be effected pursuant to this paragraph.  If any
financial statements referred to above are not delivered within the time periods
specified above, then, until such financial statements are delivered,  if the
Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders so determine, the Consolidated
Interest Coverage Ratio and the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as at the end of the
fiscal period that would have been covered thereby shall for the purposes of
this definition be deemed to be less than 2.00 to 1 and greater than 5.00 to 1,
respectively.  In addition, at all times while an Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders
so determine, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio and the Consolidated
Leverage Ratio shall for the purposes of this definition be deemed to be less
than 2.00 to 1 and greater than 5.00 to 1, respectively.  If on any Adjustment
Date the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio and the Consolidated Leverage
Ratio would result in different Applicable Margins or Commitment Fee Rates, the
higher Applicable Margin or Commitment Fee Rate shall govern.  Each
determination of the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio and the Consolidated
Leverage Ratio pursuant to this definition shall be made with respect to the
period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ending at the end of
the period covered by the relevant financial statements.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                    SCHEDULE 1.1
                                                                    ------------


                                  COMMITMENTS
                   -----------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================
                                        Tranche A       Tranche B      Acquisition      Revolving
                                        Term Loan       Term Loan       Term Loan        Credit
               Lender                  Commitment      Commitment      Commitment      Commitment
====================================================================================================
<S>                                   <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
The Chase Manhattan Bank              $ 8,421,357.78  $18,500,000.00  $ 7,576,148.00  $ 9,091,376.00
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
State Street Bank & Trust Company     $ 5,416,881.00                  $ 4,355,963.00  $ 5,227,156.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
City National Bank                    $ 5,416,881.00                  $ 4,355,963.00  $ 5,227,156.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company     $ 5,416,881.00                  $ 4,355,963.00  $ 5,227,156.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
BankBoston N.A.                       $ 5,416,881.00                  $ 4,355,963.00  $ 5,227,156.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Crescent/Mach I Partners, L.P.        $ 1,000,000.00  $ 3,500,000.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Massachusetts Mutual Life                             $ 7,000,000.00
Insurance Co.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Merrill Lynch Prime Rate Portfolio                    $ 7,000,000.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Pilgrim America Prime Rate Trust                      $ 7,000,000.00
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Van Kampen American Capital Prime                     $ 7,000,000.00
 Rate Income Trust
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
     TOTALS                           $31,088,881.78  $50,000,000.00  $25,000,000.00  $30,000,000.00
                                      ==============  ==============  ==============  ==============
====================================================================================================
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                                                       [Senior Credit Agreement]

                                                                    Schedule 4.4
                                                                    ------------

                 Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices
                 ---------------------------------------------

     Governmental Consents
     ---------------------

South Coast Air Quality Management District Permit No. F4888.
South Coast Air Quality Management District Permit No. 4887
South Coast Air Quality Management District Permit No. R-D70705.
South Coast Air Quality Management District Permit No. D93387.
South Coast Air Quality Management District Permit No. D57085
South Coast Air Quality Management District Permit No. R-D69923.
South Coast Air Quality Management District Permit No. D93385.
South Coast Air Quality Management District Permit No. D93388.
South Coast Air Quality Management District Permit No. D93446.
South Coast Air Quality Management District Permit No. D72112.
South Coast Air Quality Management District Permit No. F4062.
South Coast Air Quality Management District Permit No. F4857.
South Coast Air Quality Management District Permit No. D93386.
South Coast Air Quality Management District Permit No. D93445.
South Coast Air Quality Management District Permit No. F4886.
South Coast Air Quality Management District Permit No. F4885.
South Coast Air Quality Management District Permit No. F4884.
County Sanitation Districts of Orange County, California Industrial Wastewater
Class I Permit No. 02-1-183.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                   Schedule 4.10
                                                                   -------------

                                     Taxes
                                     -----


The Company has received written notice of a California sales tax audit for the
period beginning December 1994 and ending March 1997.
<PAGE>
 
                                                       [Senior Credit Agreement]

                                                                   Schedule 4.15
                                                                   -------------

                                 Subsidiaries
                                 ------------

The Company owns all of the outstanding capital stock of each of the following
companies:
Details Global Sales, Inc., a Virgin Islands corporation.
Details Europe Limited, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of
Great Britain.
<PAGE>
 
                                                       [Senior Credit Agreement]

                                                                Schedule 4.19(a)

                           UCC Filing Jurisdictions
                           ------------------------

1)   State of California, Secretary of State
<PAGE>
 
                                                       [Senior Credit Agreement]

                                                                 Schedule 7.2(e)

                             Existing Indebtedness
                             ---------------------
None
<PAGE>
 
                                                       [Senior Credit Agreement]

                                                                 Schedule 7.3(e)

                                Existing Liens
                                --------------

None

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.20

Michael Moisan
Vice President of Operations


                     EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
                    --------------------------------------

This Employee Incentive Compensation Plan ("Plan") of Details, Inc., a 
California Corporation ("Details"), shall provide for the payment of bonus 
incentive compensation to the Details employee Participant named below, when 
approved by the CEO.

Purpose: The purpose of this Plan is to reward productivity with incentive
- -------
bonus additional compensation according to its terms, based on participant's 
performance of services.

Participant: Participant shall be Michael Moisan while employed by Details and 
- -----------
performing services on a full-time basis, during the term as its Vice President 
of Operations, provided, however, that to be eligible to participate and accrue 
additional compensation under the Plan during or for any month, participant 
shall be so employed on the last day of the quarter, within which occurs such 
month.

Effective Date and Term: This Plan is effective as of January 1, 1997, 
- -----------------------
"effective date", and shall cover the period through and including, December 31,
1997 "term".

Definitions:
- -----------

"Year" means the calendar year which begins January 1, and ends, December 31, 
during the term.

"Base Salary" means the annual salary amount periodically paid or payable weekly
to Participant, during the year, for services as an employee Details in the 
amount of $140,000, and does not include any amounts paid, payable, set aside or
otherwise credited under this Plan or any other employee benefit plan of 
Details, including any retirement, vacation, medical, health or insurance plan.

"Quarter" means any of the three (3) month calendar quarters during the year, 
ending on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31.

"1997 Sales Forecast" means Net Sales of Details, for the year, of $77,600,000 
which shall be divided by twelve (12), i.e., $6,467,000 for each month during 
the term, for purposes of computing additional compensation under the Plan.


                               Page 1 of 5 Pages
<PAGE>
 
"Additional Compensation" means a percentage (%) of base salary (reduced by any 
applicable "Penalty") for any month as bonus incentive compensation, paid or 
payable in addition to base salary for the month to participant upon attainment 
of certain percentage (%) of the 1997 sales forecast, in accordance with 
additional compensation schedule to a maximum of $40,000 in 1997.

"Additional Compensation Schedule" means the following percentages of base 
salary paid or payable as additional compensation upon attainment of the 
following percentages of the 1997 sales forecast for any month during the term:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
1997 Sales Forecast                            Additional Compensation
- -------------------                            -----------------------
<S>                                           <C>
Ninety percent (90%) of forecast               Thirty percent (30%) of base salary
One Hundred percent (100%) of forecast         Thirty-five percent (35%) of base salary
One Hundred Ten percent (110%) of forecast     Forty percent (40%) of base salary
</TABLE> 

"Penalty" means the reduction of additional compensation computed as follows:

1.  QUALITY, our 1997 "Overall Yield" goals are set forth in the following 
    -------
    schedule, these goals will be measured on a monthly basis, if we achieve
    or exceed the monthly goal for a respective quarter there will be no 
    penalty, to the extent that our "Overall Yield" in any given month is less 
    than the quarterly goal a penalty will be incurred as follows. For each 1% 
    or fraction thereof that the "Overall Yield" in any month is below the
    quarterly goal there will be a penalty of 5%.

           1st Quarter       93.00%
           2nd Quarter       93.75% 
           3rd Quarter       94.50%
           4th Quarter       95.00%

2.  DELIVERY, our 1997 goal for "On-Time Delivery" of Prototype and Premium 
    --------
    boards is a combined 97%; this goal will be measured on a monthly basis, if
    we achieve or exceed this goal there will be no penalty, to the extent that
    "On-Time Delivery" is less than 97%, a penalty will be incurred as follows.
    For each 1% or fraction thereof that our "On-Time Delivery" is below 97%
    there will be a penalty of 1%.
    

                               Page 2 of 5 Pages
<PAGE>
 
"Net Sales" shall mean an amount equal to gross sales of product produced, 
shipped and invoiced out of Details Anaheim facilities during each month, 
reduced by product returns and allowances, each as determined by the Vice 
President of Finance.

"Overall Yield" shall mean the ratio of the number of boards shipped to the 
number of boards needed to be built to fill the order as determined by the 
Director of Quality and approved by the President.

"On-Time Delivery" shall mean the complete fulfillment of a customer order in 
accordance within the agreed upon timetable.

"Month" shall mean each calendar month during the year.

Incentive Compensation
- ----------------------

(a)  Participant shall be paid additional compensation based upon Details' Net 
Sales in each month, during each quarter in which participant is eligible to
participate in the Plan, and additional compensation attributable to each month,
during any quarter shall be earned by participant, as of the last day of such 
quarter. Additional compensation shall be in addition to participant's base 
salary, and shall be paid to participant within thirty (30) days following the 
determination of Net Sales for each month at the close of each quarter. 
Additional compensation shall not accrue or be paid for any fractional part of 
any quarter.

(b)  Details shall deduct from all additional compensation due to participant 
hereunder and all sums required for social security and withholding taxes and 
for any other federal, state or local tax or charge, which may now be in effect 
or hereafter enacted or required as a charge on the compensation of participant.

(c)  Neither the Plan, nor any of its provisions shall be construed as an 
agreement by Details to employ participant for its term or any other period, and
subject to payment of additional compensation accrued to participant under the 
Plan, as of the end of the preceding Quarter. This Plan may be terminated by 
Details at any time, in the discretion of its CEO.


                               Page 3 of 5 Pages
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
STEP 1:                                                  EXAMPLE 1           EXAMPLE 2           EXAMPLE 3
<S>                                                   <C>                 <C>                 <C>
COMPUTE NET SALES
- -----------------
Assume for the month ending Sept. 30, 1997             $5,900,000.00       $6,600,000.00       $7,150,000.00
Details' gross sales is: (less returns)                $  (75,000.00)      $  (40,000.00)      $  (20,000.00)
Net Sales:                                             $5,825,000.00       $6,560,000.00       $7,130,000.00

SEPT 2:
COMPUTE ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION
- -------------------------------
Percentage (%) of base salary (based upon 
 attaining requisite percentage (%) of
 1997 sales forecast)                                  $  140,000.00       $  140,000.00       $  140,000.00

Base Salary for Month (Base Salary/12)                 $   11,667.00       $   11,667.00       $   11,667.00

Net Sales divided by 1997 Sales Forecast
 amount for the month - additional
 compensation schedule %                                         30%                 35%                 40%

Additional compensation for month before
 any additional penalty                                $    3,500.10       $    4,083.45       $    4,666.80

STEP 3:
COMPUTE PENALTY PERCENTAGE
- --------------------------
Assume that for the same period, the actual
 "Overall Yield" is computed to be                            93.50%              93.50%              92.50%
"Overall Yield" goal for the quarter is                       94.50%              94.50%              94.50%
Percentage below goal                                         -1.00%              -1.00%              -2.00%
Quality Penalty Percentage                                          5.0%                5.0%                10.0%

Also, assume that the actual "On-time
 Delivery" percentage for the month is
 96%. . . the late ship penalty will be                             1.0%                1.0%                 1.0%

Total Penalty Percentage                                            6.0%                6.0%                11.0%

STEP 4
COMPUTE NET ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION FOR MONTH
- ---------------------------------------------
Base Salary (month)                                    $   11,667.00       $   11,667.00       $   11,667.00
Additional Compensation %                                      30.0%               35.0%               40.0%
Less Penalty Percentage                                        -6.0%               -6.0%              -11.0%
Net Additional Compensation % for month                        24.0%               29.0%               29.0%
Additional Compensation for month                      $    2,800.08       $    3,383.43       $    3,383.43
</TABLE> 


                               Page 4 of 5 Pages
<PAGE>
 
This Plan is effective January 1, 1997.

Details, Inc.
a California Corporation



By:  /s/ James I. Swenson
     ---------------------------
     James I. Swenson
     Chief Executive Officer


     January 2, 1997
     ---------------------------
     (Date)


By acknowledgment below, participant agrees to all of the terms, provisions and
conditions governing the Plan, its administration and participant's 
participation.

Acknowledgment:

     /s/ Michael Moisan
     ---------------------------
     Michael Moisan


     1/7/1997
     ---------------------------
     (Date)  



                               Page 5 of 5 Pages

<PAGE>
 
DETAILS CAPITAL CORP. AND DETAILS, INC.                             EXHIBIT 12.1
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
(IN THOUSANDS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                              UNAUDITED PRO FORMA   
                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                           YEAR ENDED       
                                               ------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------
                                                 1993     1994      1995      1996            1997            DECEMBER 31, 1997 (2)
                                               -------- --------  --------- --------- ---------------------- ----------------------
                                                                                                     DETAILS                DETAILS 
                                                                                      DETAILS, INC.  CAPITAL  DETAILS, INC. CAPITAL
<S>                                            <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>      <C>         <C> 
Income (loss) before income taxes               $   34  $ 18,164  $ 26,385  $ 18,621      $(20,526) $(27,870)   $ 32,138  $ 31,640 
                                               -------- --------  --------- --------- ------------  -------- ----------- ----------
Fixed charges:                                                                                                                     
   Interest expense                                167       181       371     9,518        17,852    25,196      14,377    22,219 
   Rentals                                         239       179       207        --            --        --          --        -- 
                                               -------- --------  --------- --------- ------------  -------- ----------- ----------
     Total fixed charges                           406       360       578     9,518        17,852    25,196      14,377    22,219 
                                               -------- --------  --------- --------- ------------  -------- ----------- ----------
Earnings before income taxes and fixed charges     440    18,524    26,963    28,139        (2,674)   (2,674)     46,515    53,859
                                               -------- --------  --------- --------- ------------  -------- ----------- ----------
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges                 1.1x     51.5x     46.6x      3.0x           (1)       (1)        3.2x      2.4x 

</TABLE> 

(1)  Earnings were not sufficient to cover fixed charges by $20.5 million and
     $28.9 million for Details, Inc. and Details Capital, respectively.

(2)  Assumes Senior Subordinated Notes and Discount Notes were outstanding at
     the beginning of year. Loss before income taxes excludes $31.2 of non-
     recurring stock compensation and related bonuses incurred in connection
     with the Recapitalization and approximately $52,000 in stock compensation
     in connection with the NTI acquisition.


<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 21.1

                        SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANTS


The following is a list of Details Capital Corp.'s and Details, Inc.'s
consolidated subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997.  Details Capital Corp. owns
100% of the voting securities of Details, Inc., and Details, Inc. directly owns
100% of the voting securities of each such subsidiary.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                              Jurisdiction of
          Name                                  Incorporation
          ----                                ---------------
<S>                                           <C> 
Colorado Springs Circuits, Inc. d/b/a NTI      Colorado

Details Europe Limited                         United Kingdom

Details Global Sales, Inc.                     Virgin Islands
</TABLE> 

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
 
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM DETAILS,
INC. AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<CIK> 0001050117
<NAME> DETAILS INC.
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                           5,377
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   15,643
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                      4,330
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                40,651
<PP&E>                                          36,421
<DEPRECIATION>                                (10,289)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 102,571
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           19,889
<BONDS>                                        100,000
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                       138,745
<OTHER-SE>                                           0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   102,571
<SALES>                                         78,756
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                78,756
<CGS>                                           38,675
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   38,675
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              17,948
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (20,526)
<INCOME-TAX>                                   (8,030)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           (12,496)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                (1,588)
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (14,084)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
 
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM DETAILS
CAPITAL CORP. AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<CIK> 0001050119
<NAME> DETAILS CAPITAL CORP.
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                           5,377
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   15,643
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                      4,330
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                43,478
<PP&E>                                          36,421
<DEPRECIATION>                                (10,289)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 108,862
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           19,889
<BONDS>                                        161,000
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        88,583
<OTHER-SE>                                           0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   108,862
<SALES>                                         78,756
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                78,756
<CGS>                                           38,675
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   38,675
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              25,292
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (27,870)
<INCOME-TAX>                                  (10,858)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           (17,012)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                (1,588)
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (18,600)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission